WO2019213974A1 - Method for message transmission in random access process and related device - Google Patents

Method for message transmission in random access process and related device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2019213974A1
WO2019213974A1 PCT/CN2018/086615 CN2018086615W WO2019213974A1 WO 2019213974 A1 WO2019213974 A1 WO 2019213974A1 CN 2018086615 W CN2018086615 W CN 2018086615W WO 2019213974 A1 WO2019213974 A1 WO 2019213974A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
tbs
message
candidate
random access
terminal device
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2018/086615
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
罗之虎
铁晓磊
金哲
李军
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to PCT/CN2018/086615 priority Critical patent/WO2019213974A1/en
Priority to PCT/CN2018/100110 priority patent/WO2019214103A1/en
Priority to CN201880092371.3A priority patent/CN112005605B/en
Publication of WO2019213974A1 publication Critical patent/WO2019213974A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/12Wireless traffic scheduling

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communications technologies, and in particular, to a method and related apparatus for message transmission in a random access procedure.
  • the Internet of Things is a "Internet of Things" that extends the Internet's client to any item and item, and exchanges and communicates information between any item and item. Also known as machine type communications (MTC).
  • MTC machine type communications
  • 3GPP 3rd generation partnership project
  • NB-IOT narrowband internet of things
  • RACH random access channel
  • RRC radio resource control
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a method and a related device for message transmission in a random access process, which can improve the efficiency of message transmission in a random access process, reduce the delay of message transmission, and reduce power consumption of message transmission, and the applicability is further improved. Strong.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a method for message transmission in a random access process, where the method includes: receiving downlink control information from a network device, where the downlink control information includes a modulation and coding scheme domain, and the modulation and coding scheme domain
  • the first part of the bit is used to indicate that the first transport block size TBS of the random access scheduled transmission message is retransmitted, wherein the first TBS is one TBS in the candidate TBS set; the target TBS is determined according to the first TBS;
  • the target TBS resends the scheduled access transmission message of the random access to the network device.
  • the TBS used for retransmitting the random access scheduling transmission message may be determined according to the TBS indicated by the partial bit of the modulation and coding scheme field in the downlink control information, and the retransmission random access scheduling transmission message is adopted.
  • the TBS is determined in a more flexible manner.
  • the TBS of the retransmission random access scheduling transmission message may be directly determined by the partial bits of the modulation and coding scheme field in the downlink control information, and the TBS of the retransmission random access scheduling transmission message is determined based on the TBS, thereby improving the random access procedure. The efficiency and reliability of message transmission are more applicable.
  • the first partial bit is located in a low bit of the modulation coding scheme field.
  • the first partial bit is located in a high bit of the modulation coding scheme field.
  • the bits other than the first partial bits in the above modulation and coding scheme field are filled with fixed bit values.
  • the selection mode of the partial bit used to indicate the first TBS in the modulation and coding scheme field of the downlink control information is flexible, and the applicability is stronger.
  • the determining the target TBS according to the foregoing first TBS includes determining the foregoing first TBS as the target TBS.
  • the operation is simple and the message transmission efficiency is high.
  • the first part of the foregoing modulation and coding scheme field is further used to indicate that retransmission of a scheduled transmission message for performing random access using a candidate TBS that is less than or equal to the first TBS is allowed to be used.
  • the determining the target TBS according to the foregoing first TBS includes selecting one candidate TBS that is less than or equal to the first TBS from the candidate TBS set, and determining the selected candidate TBS as the target TBS.
  • the selection method of the TBS used for the retransmission of the random access scheduling message is more flexible.
  • the terminal device can select the TBS that is closest to the uplink service data, avoiding waste of resources, and reducing the power consumption of the uplink transmission.
  • the first part of the foregoing modulation and coding scheme field is further used to indicate that retransmission of a scheduled transmission message that is less than or equal to the candidate TBS of the first TBS for random access is not allowed.
  • the determining the target TBS according to the first TBS described above includes determining the first TBS as the target TBS.
  • the method for determining the TBS used for retransmission of the scheduled transmission message of the random access is simpler, thereby avoiding unnecessary blind detection when scheduling the transmission of the message and saving resources.
  • part of the bits of the modulation and coding scheme field in the downlink control information may jointly indicate the first TBS allowed to be used for retransmitting the scheduled transmission message of the random access, and may also indicate whether the allowed use is less than the allowed use.
  • the other TBSs of the first TBS perform message transmission, which increases the diversity of the selection manner of the TBS used for retransmitting the random access scheduled transmission message, and improves the transmission efficiency of the uplink service data in the random access process.
  • the foregoing modulation and coding scheme domain further includes a second partial bit, where the second partial bit is used to indicate that a scheduled transmission message that is less than or equal to the candidate TBS of the first TBS is used for random access.
  • the determining the target TBS according to the first TBS includes selecting one candidate TBS that is less than or equal to the first TBS from the candidate TBS set, and determining the selected candidate TBS as the target TBS.
  • the foregoing modulation and coding scheme field further includes a second partial bit, where the second partial bit is used to indicate that the scheduled transmission message that is less than or equal to the candidate TBS of the first TBS for random access is not allowed to be used.
  • the determining the target TBS according to the first TBS described above includes determining the first TBS as the target TBS.
  • the first part of the bits of the modulation and coding scheme field in the downlink control information may indicate the first TBS that is allowed to be used for retransmitting the scheduled transmission message of the random access
  • the second part of the bit may indicate whether the use is allowed to be less than
  • the other TBSs of the first TBS that are allowed to use the message transmission which increases the diversity of the indication manner of the TBS that is allowed to be used for retransmitting the random access scheduling transmission message, thereby also increasing the scheduling transmission message of the retransmission random access.
  • the diversity of selection methods of the used TBS can improve the transmission efficiency of uplink service data in the random access process.
  • the candidate TBS before receiving the downlink control information from the network device, receiving the system message sent by the network device, where the system message includes configuration information, where the configuration information is used to indicate whether the use of the first TBS is less than or equal to the first TBS.
  • the candidate TBS performs retransmission of the scheduled transmission message for random access.
  • the target TBS is determined according to the foregoing first TBS. And selecting one candidate TBS that is less than or equal to the first TBS from the candidate TBS set, and determining the selected candidate TBS as the target TBS.
  • the foregoing determining the target according to the foregoing first TBS includes determining the first TBS described above as a target TBS.
  • the configuration information in the system message may indicate whether to allow other TBSs that are smaller than the allowed first TBS to perform message transmission, which may save downlink control information signaling overhead and increase retransmission random access.
  • the diversity of the indication manner of the TBS allowed by the scheduling transmission message thereby increasing the diversity of the selection manner of the TBS used for retransmitting the random access scheduling transmission message, and the scope of application is wider.
  • the TBS actually needed to be used may be determined as the target TBS.
  • the TBS actually required to be used may be a TBS used for initially transmitting a random access scheduled transmission message to the network device.
  • the TBS of the communication protocol specified size may be determined as the target TBS.
  • the first TBS when the first TBS is smaller than the TBS actually needed to be used, the first TBS may be determined as the target TBS.
  • the TBS of the retransmission random access scheduling transmission message may be determined according to the first TBS indicated by the network device and the TBS actually required to be used in the random access process, thereby ensuring scheduled transmission of random access. The reliability of the transmission of the message.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a method for message transmission in a random access process, where the method includes: receiving downlink control information from a network device, where the downlink control information is used to indicate resending a scheduled transmission message of a random access.
  • the first transport block size is TBS. Determining a target TBS according to the foregoing first TBS; resending a scheduled access transmission message of the random access to the network device according to the foregoing target TBS.
  • the TBS actually needed to be used may be determined as the target TBS.
  • the TBS of the communication protocol specified size may be determined as the target TBS.
  • the first TBS when the first TBS is smaller than the TBS actually needed to be used, the first TBS may be determined as the target TBS.
  • the TBS of the retransmission random access scheduling transmission message may be determined according to the first TBS indicated by the network device and the TBS actually required to be used in the random access process, thereby ensuring scheduled transmission of random access. The reliability of the transmission of the message.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a method for message transmission in a random access process, where the method includes: receiving downlink control information from a network device, where the downlink control information is used to indicate resending a scheduled transmission message of a random access.
  • the second transport block size is TBS. Determining a first TBS according to the foregoing second TBS, and determining a target TBS according to the foregoing first TBS; and resending a scheduled access transmission message of the random access to the network device according to the target TBS.
  • determining, according to the foregoing second TBS, that the first TBS includes, by the terminal device, selecting a candidate TBS that is closest to the second TBS value from the candidate TBS set according to the second TBS, or from the candidate TBS set. Selecting a candidate TBS that is closest to the second TBS value and larger than the second TBS, or selects a candidate TBS that is closest to the second TBS value and smaller than the second TBS from the candidate TBS set. The selected candidate TBS is taken as the first TBS.
  • the TBS actually needed to be used may be determined as the target TBS.
  • the TBS of the communication protocol specified size may be determined as the target TBS.
  • the first TBS when the first TBS is smaller than the TBS actually needed to be used, the first TBS may be determined as the target TBS.
  • the first TBS may be determined according to the second TBS indicated by the network device in the random access process, and the TBS of the retransmitted random access scheduled transmission message is determined according to the first TBS and the TBS actually needed to be used. Thereby, the transmission reliability of the scheduled transmission message of the random access can be guaranteed.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a method for message transmission in a random access process, where the method includes: receiving a system message broadcasted by a network device, and determining, according to the system message, a maximum transport block size TBS that is allowed to be used;
  • the network device receives the downlink control information, where the downlink control information includes a modulation and coding scheme field, where a part of the bits of the modulation and coding scheme field is used to indicate whether to allow a scheduled transmission message that is less than or equal to the candidate TBS of the maximum TBS to perform random access. Resend.
  • a part of the bits of the modulation and coding scheme field in the downlink control information may directly indicate whether the terminal device retransmits the randomly scheduled scheduling transmission message to allow use of a certain TBS that is smaller than the maximum TBS broadcast by the system message.
  • the message transmission is performed without indicating the first TBS that is allowed to be used, and the diversity of the selection manner of the TBS used by the terminal device to retransmit the scheduled transmission message of the random access is increased, and the bits occupying the modulation and coding scheme field are also saved. save resources.
  • the maximum TBS may be determined as the target TBS.
  • the candidate TBS set may be determined according to the size of the maximum TBS, where the candidate is At least one candidate TBS is included in the TBS set.
  • a candidate TBS less than or equal to the maximum TBS is selected from the candidate TBS sets, and the selected candidate TBS is determined as the target TBS.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a method for message transmission in a random access process, where the method includes: receiving downlink control information from a network device; and interpreting the terminal device before resending the scheduled transmission message of the random access Each of the above downlink control information except the modulation coding scheme domain. Resending the scheduled transmission message of the random access to the network device according to the scheduling information of each domain and the target transmission block size TBS, where the target TBS is used for transmitting the scheduled transmission message of the random access to the network device for the first time. TBS.
  • the foregoing candidate TBS set is determined by the network device by using the maximum allowed TBS indicated by the system message;
  • the size of each candidate TBS in the candidate TBS set is less than or equal to the size of the maximum TBS.
  • the foregoing candidate TBS set is determined by the network device by using the maximum TBS and the number of candidate TBSs that are allowed to be indicated by the system message;
  • the candidate TBS set includes N candidate TBSs, and the size of each candidate TBS in the N candidate TBSs is less than or equal to the size of the maximum TBS.
  • each domain except the modulation and coding scheme field in the downlink control information may be interpret, that is, the scheduling of the modulation and coding scheme domain in the DCI may not be performed.
  • the information is interpreted, thereby saving the signaling overhead of transmitting data in the random access process, improving the efficiency and reliability of data transmission during the random access process, and being more applicable.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a method for message transmission in a random access process, where the method includes: receiving downlink control information from a network device, where the downlink control information includes a modulation and coding scheme domain, and the modulation and coding scheme domain.
  • the partial bits are used to indicate the first transport block size TBS that is allowed to be used for resending the scheduled transmission message. If the first TBS is smaller than the actual TBS to be used, the random access is re-initiated after the random access is re-initiated or the contention timing of the random access is timed out.
  • the retransmission of the scheduled transmission message of the random access may be determined according to the TBS actually used, so that the reliability of the message transmission is ensured, and the applicability is stronger.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a method for transmitting a message in a random access process, where the method includes: sending downlink control information to a terminal device, where the downlink control information includes a modulation and coding scheme domain, and the modulation and coding scheme domain.
  • the first part of the bit is used to indicate that the first transport block size TBS of the random access scheduled transmission message is retransmitted, the first TBS is one TBS in the candidate TBS set; and the foregoing first TBS receives the foregoing retransmission of the terminal equipment according to the foregoing Random access scheduling transmission messages.
  • the receiving, by the first TBS, the scheduled transmission message of the random access that is retransmitted by the terminal device according to the foregoing the receiving, by the first TBS, receiving, by using the first TBS, the scheduled transmission message of the random access.
  • the TBS used for retransmitting the random access scheduling transmission message may be based on a partial bit indication of the modulation and coding scheme field in the downlink control information, and may prevent the random access scheduled transmission message from being received. Unnecessary blind detection can improve the efficiency and reliability of message transmission in the random access process, and the applicability is stronger.
  • the foregoing first part of the foregoing modulation and coding scheme field is further used to indicate that retransmission of the scheduled transmission message of the random access is allowed to be performed by using a candidate TBS that is less than or equal to the first TBS.
  • the scheduling transmission message of the random access that is retransmitted by the terminal device according to the foregoing first TBS includes: determining, by the first candidate TBS set, one or more candidate TBSs that are less than or equal to the first TBS as a scheduled transmission message.
  • the TBS set is detected, and the scheduled transmission message of the random access is received and processed according to the one or more candidate TBSs.
  • the foregoing first part of the foregoing modulation and coding scheme field is further used to indicate that retransmission of the scheduled transmission message of the random access by using the candidate TBS that is less than or equal to the first TBS is not allowed.
  • the receiving, according to the foregoing first TBS, the scheduled transmission message of the random access retransmitted by the terminal device includes: receiving, according to the first TBS, the scheduled transmission message of the random access.
  • part of the bits of the modulation and coding scheme field in the downlink control information may jointly indicate the first TBS allowed to be used for retransmitting the scheduled transmission message of the random access, and may also indicate whether the allowed use is less than the allowed use.
  • the other TBSs of the first TBS perform message transmission, which increases the diversity of the selection manner of the TBS used for retransmitting the random access scheduled transmission message, and improves the transmission efficiency of the uplink service data in the random access process.
  • the foregoing modulation and coding scheme field further includes a second partial bit, where the second partial bit is used to indicate that the scheduled transmission message of the random access is allowed to be used by using the candidate TBS that is less than or equal to the first TBS.
  • the scheduling transmission message of the random access that is retransmitted by the terminal device according to the foregoing first TBS includes: determining, by the first candidate TBS set, one or more candidate TBSs that are less than or equal to the first TBS as a scheduled transmission message. The TBS set is detected, and the scheduled transmission message of the random access is received and processed according to the one or more candidate TBSs.
  • the foregoing modulation and coding scheme field further includes a second partial bit, where the second partial bit is used to indicate that retransmission of the scheduled transmission message by using the candidate TBS that is less than or equal to the first TBS is not allowed.
  • the receiving, according to the foregoing first TBS, the scheduled transmission message of the random access retransmitted by the terminal device includes: receiving, according to the first TBS, the scheduled transmission message of the random access.
  • the first part of the bits of the modulation and coding scheme field in the downlink control information may indicate the first TBS that is allowed to be used for retransmitting the scheduled transmission message of the random access
  • the second part of the bit may indicate whether the use is allowed to be less than
  • the other TBSs of the first TBS that are allowed to use the message transmission which increases the diversity of the indication manner of the TBS that is allowed to be used for retransmitting the random access scheduling transmission message, thereby also increasing the scheduling transmission message of the retransmission random access.
  • the diversity of selection methods of the used TBS can improve the transmission efficiency of uplink service data in the random access process.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a method for message transmission in a random access process, where the method includes: broadcasting a system message to a terminal device, where the system message is used to instruct the terminal device to resend the scheduled transmission message of the random access.
  • Retransmission of the transport message receiving, according to the indication of the partial bit and the maximum TBS, the scheduled transmission message of the random access retransmitted by the terminal device.
  • the foregoing partial bits are used to indicate that retransmission of the scheduled transmission message of the random access by using the candidate TBS that is less than or equal to the maximum TBS is not allowed.
  • the foregoing scheduling based on the indication of the partial bit and the receiving, by the maximum TBS, the scheduled transmission message of the random access retransmitted by the terminal device, to perform receiving processing on the scheduled transmission message of the random access according to the maximum TBS.
  • the foregoing partial bits are used to indicate that retransmission of the scheduled transmission message of the random access is allowed to be performed by using the candidate TBS that is less than or equal to the maximum TBS.
  • the TBS is set, and the scheduled transmission message of the random access is received according to the candidate TBS in the candidate TBS set.
  • the ninth aspect provides a terminal device, where the terminal device includes any possible implementation manner of any one of the foregoing first to fifth aspects, and/or any one of the aspects,
  • the method unit and/or module of the message transmission in the provided random process and thus the beneficial effects (or advantages) of the method for message transmission in the random process provided by any of the first to fifth aspects can be achieved. .
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a network device, where the network device includes any possible implementation manner of any one of the sixth aspect to the seventh aspect, and/or any one of the foregoing aspects.
  • the method unit and/or module for message transmission in a random process is provided, and thus the beneficial effects (or advantages) of the method for message transmission in the random process provided by the sixth aspect or the seventh aspect can be achieved.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a terminal device, where the terminal device includes a memory, a transceiver, and a processor; wherein the memory, the transceiver, and the processor are connected by using a communication bus.
  • the memory is for storing a set of program code, the transceiver and the processor for calling the program code stored in the memory to perform any one of the first to fifth aspects and/or any one of the above aspects.
  • the implementation method, the method for message transmission in the random process provided can also achieve the beneficial effects of the method for message transmission in the random process provided by any one of the first aspect to the fifth aspect.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a network device, where the network device includes a memory and a transceiver processor; wherein the memory and the transceiver processor are connected by using a communication bus.
  • the memory is for storing a set of program code, the transceiver processor for calling the program code stored in the memory to perform any one of the sixth aspect to the seventh aspect and/or any one of the possible implementations
  • the method for message transmission in a random process provided by the method can also achieve the beneficial effects of the method for message transmission in the random process provided by the sixth aspect or the seventh aspect.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a computer readable storage medium, where the computer readable storage medium stores an instruction, when the instruction is run on the terminal device, causing the terminal device to perform the first aspect to the first Any of the five aspects and/or any one of the possible implementations of any of the aspects, the method for transmitting a message in a random process, or the method of any of the first aspect to the fifth aspect The beneficial effects of the method of message transmission in a random process.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a computer readable storage medium, where the computer readable storage medium stores an instruction, when the instruction is run on a network device, causing the network device to perform the sixth aspect to the foregoing
  • the method for transmitting a message in a random process provided by any one of the seven aspects and/or any one of the possible implementations of any of the aspects can also implement the message transmission in the random process provided by the sixth aspect or the seventh aspect
  • the beneficial effects of the method can also implement the message transmission in the random process provided by the sixth aspect or the seventh aspect.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which may be a chip or a plurality of chips working in cooperation, and the communication device includes an input device coupled to a communication device (eg, a chip) for
  • a communication device eg, a chip
  • coupled herein means that two components are combined directly or indirectly with each other. This combination may be fixed or movable, which may allow for the transfer of fluid, electrical, electrical or other types of signals between the two components.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which may be a chip or a plurality of chips working together, and the communication device includes an input device coupled to a communication device (eg, a chip) for
  • a communication device eg, a chip
  • coupled herein means that two components are combined directly or indirectly with each other. This combination may be fixed or movable, which may allow for the transfer of fluid, electrical, electrical or other types of signals between the two components.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a communication system, including a transceiver and a processor, the transceiver and the processor are configured to be coupled to a memory, and read and run instructions in the memory to support random access.
  • the apparatus for process message transmission implements the functions involved in any of the above first to fifth aspects, for example, the method of generating or processing the message transmission in the random process provided by any of the above first to fifth aspects The information involved.
  • the communication system further includes a memory for storing program instructions and data necessary for the device for random access procedure message transmission.
  • the communication system can be composed of chips, and can also include chips and other discrete devices.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a communication system, including a transceiver processor, configured to be coupled to a memory, to read and run instructions in the memory for supporting a random access procedure message.
  • the transmitting device implements the functions involved in the sixth aspect or the seventh aspect described above, for example, generating or processing information involved in the method of message transmission in the random process provided by the sixth aspect or the seventh aspect.
  • the communication system further includes a memory for storing program instructions and data necessary for the device for random access procedure message transmission.
  • the communication system can be composed of chips, and can also include chips and other discrete devices.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product comprising instructions, when the computer program product is run on a terminal device, causing the terminal device to perform the foregoing any one of the first aspect to the fifth aspect
  • the method of message transmission in a random process can also achieve the beneficial effects of the method of message transmission in the random process provided by any one of the first aspect to the fifth aspect.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product comprising instructions, when the computer program product is run on a network device, causing the network device to perform the random in-process message provided by the sixth aspect or the seventh aspect.
  • the method of transmission can also achieve the beneficial effects of the method of message transmission in the random process provided by the second aspect.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart of a method for message transmission in a random access process according to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of a message sent by a network device to a terminal device in a random access process
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a method for message transmission in a random access process according to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 6 is another schematic flowchart of a method for message transmission in a random access process according to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 7 is another schematic flowchart of a method for message transmission in a random access procedure according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is another schematic flowchart of a method for message transmission in a random access procedure according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication apparatus according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is another schematic structural diagram of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is another schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method for message transmission in the random access process provided by the embodiment of the present application may be applicable to a long term evaluation (LTE) system, or other wireless communication systems using various radio access technologies, for example, using code division multiple access ( Code division multiple access (CDMA), frequency division multiple access (FDMA), time division multiple access (TDMA), orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA), single A system of access technologies such as single carrier-frequency division multiple access (SC-FDMA).
  • LTE long term evaluation
  • CDMA Code division multiple access
  • FDMA frequency division multiple access
  • TDMA time division multiple access
  • OFDMA orthogonal frequency division multiple access
  • SC-FDMA single A system of access technologies such as single carrier-frequency division multiple access
  • the method for message transmission in the random access process provided by the embodiment of the present application is also applicable to other wireless communication systems, such as a subsequent evolution system, such as the fifth generation wireless (5th generation, 5G, also known as New Radio (NR)). System (or NR system), etc., no restrictions here.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication system provided by the embodiment of the present application includes, but is not limited to, a network device and a terminal device (for example, the terminal device 1 to the terminal device 6), which is not limited herein.
  • the network device and the terminal device may each be a chip or a plurality of chips working together, and the network device and/or the terminal device may further include
  • the network device and/or the input device coupled to the terminal device are used to perform the method for message transmission in the random access process provided by the embodiment of the present application. It can be determined according to the actual application scenario, and no limitation is imposed here.
  • the network device and the terminal device provided by the embodiments of the present application may perform data or signaling transmission, including uplink transmission and downlink transmission. It can be understood here that the uplink transmission may be that the terminal device sends data or signaling to the network device, and the downlink transmission may be that the network device sends data or signaling to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device involved in the present application may be a device that provides voice and/or data connectivity to a user, including a wired terminal and a wireless terminal.
  • the wireless terminal may be a handheld device having a wireless connection function, or another processing device connected to the wireless modem, and a mobile terminal that communicates with one or more core networks via a radio access network (RAN).
  • RAN radio access network
  • the wireless terminal can be a mobile phone, a computer, a tablet, a personal digital assistant (PDA), a mobile internet device (MID), a wearable device, and an e-book reader. Wait.
  • the wireless terminal can be a gas station, a printer, an electric meter, a watch, a water dispenser, and the like.
  • the wireless terminal can also be a portable, pocket, handheld, computer built-in or in-vehicle mobile device.
  • the wireless terminal can be a mobile station, an access point, or the like.
  • the specific representation of the wireless terminal may be determined according to the actual application scenario of the NB-IOT, and is not limited herein.
  • User equipment (UE) is a type of terminal equipment and is a name in the LTE system.
  • UE User equipment
  • the network device involved in the embodiment of the present application is a communication device deployed in a radio access network for providing a wireless communication function for a terminal device.
  • the network device may include various forms of macro base stations, micro base stations, relay stations, access point base station controllers, transmission and reception nodes (TRPs), and the like.
  • TRPs transmission and reception nodes
  • the specific name of the network device may be different.
  • a network device or a base station
  • eNB evolved node B
  • gNB new radio node B
  • the above-mentioned devices are collectively referred to as network devices.
  • the terminal device needs to complete the random access first, and establish a radio resource control (RRC) link with the network device before the uplink service data can be transmitted, due to random access and RRC.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart of a method for message transmission in a random access procedure according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the random access procedure performed before the terminal device accesses the network can be referred to the following steps S101 to S104.
  • the terminal device sends a message 1 to the network device.
  • the message 1 may also be referred to as an Msg1 (Message 1) message, and the message 1 may specifically be a preamble.
  • the resource may be randomly selected to send the preamble sequence. If multiple terminal devices send the same preamble sequence on the same resource, a collision may occur. If multiple terminal devices send different preamble sequences on the same resource and the sequences are orthogonal, no collision will occur.
  • the network device sends a message 2 to the terminal device.
  • the network device after the message 1 sent by the terminal device to the network device, if the network device detects the preamble sequence on a certain time-frequency resource, the network device carries the preamble sequence in message 2 (Msg2), indicating that the network The device detected the preamble sequence. At the same time, the network device also carries a random access response (RAR) in message 2. How many RARs are carried in the message 2, how many preamble sequences are detected by the network device on the time-frequency resource.
  • RAR random access response
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of a message sent by the network device to the terminal device in the random access process.
  • the message 2 includes a media access control (MAC) frame header and a random access response.
  • message 2 may also include padding.
  • the MAC header includes a number of MAC subheaders, and the MAC header includes a backoff identifier and a random access preamble identifier.
  • n is an integer greater than or equal to 1 preamble sequence
  • the MAC frame header in message 2 includes n random access preamble identifiers (RAPIDs), message 2
  • RAPIDs random access preamble identifiers
  • the random access response in the middle includes n random access responses (MAC RAR1, MAC RAR2...MAC RARn).
  • the random access response specifically includes: a timing advanced command, an uplink grant (UL grant), a temporary (Cell Radio Network Temporary Identifier, C-RNTI), and Reserved bits (remembered as R).
  • UL grant uplink grant
  • C-RNTI Cell Radio Network Temporary Identifier
  • R Reserved bits
  • the uplink grant information (UL grant) included in the message 2 is used to indicate a transport block size (TBS) that is allowed to be used in the message 3.
  • TBS transport block size
  • the terminal device sends a message 3 to the network device.
  • the terminal device After receiving the message 2, the terminal device checks whether the message 2 carries the preamble sequence that it previously sent to the network device. If the preamble sequence sent by the terminal device is not included in the message 2, the random access is considered to be unsuccessful, and the terminal device needs to perform step 101 to resend the message 1 again. If the message 2 includes the preamble sequence sent by the terminal device, the terminal device sends the message 3 according to the time-frequency resource indicated by the uplink grant (UL grant) in the random access response corresponding to the preamble sequence. When transmitting the message, the terminal device carries the cell radio network temporary identifier (C-RNTI) of the terminal device or the terminal device identifier from the core network in the message 3. Therefore, the message 3 carries the unique identifier of the terminal device and is used to identify the current terminal device that requests access.
  • C-RNTI cell radio network temporary identifier
  • the network device sends a message 4 to the terminal device.
  • the network device After the network device detects the message 3, it will send a message 4 to the terminal device, and in the message 4, specify which terminal device wins in the conflict resolution.
  • the above message 3 and message 4 are mainly used to solve the conflict problem.
  • the terminal device sends a message 1 to the network device, and requests the network device to allocate an uplink grant (UL Grant) through the message 1 to transmit the uplink service in the message 3. data. If the network device has sufficient resources, the terminal device is assigned a larger uplink grant and is sent to the terminal device through message 2.
  • the terminal device sends a message 3 to the network device and carries the uplink service data in the message 3.
  • the network device may send a message 4 to the terminal device, where the contention resolution and the end indication are carried in the message 4.
  • the terminal device can feed back an acknowledgement (ACK) to the network device.
  • the terminal device completes the transmission of the uplink service data, and the terminal device does not need to enter the connection state, and can quickly enter the idle state to save power consumption of the terminal device.
  • the network device cannot know exactly what the application layer service data that the terminal device needs to transmit. Therefore, for data transmission during random access, the network device can only allocate a fixed maximum size of transport block (TB) (ie, maximum TBS). If the maximum TBS is much larger than the TB size required for the terminal device to transmit the application layer service data, the terminal device needs to perform a large proportion of packet padding at the MAC layer, which makes the transmission efficiency of the uplink transmission low.
  • TB transport block
  • the terminal device may only need to send 400 bits of uplink service data (including application layer service data, packet header overhead of each layer, etc.).
  • the network device since the network device does not know the actual amount of data that the terminal device needs to send, the network device is The TBS allocated by the terminal device to send message 3 is 1000 bits.
  • the terminal device receives the message 2 from the network device, and determines, by using the indication of the uplink grant in the RAR corresponding to the terminal device in the message 2, that the TBS allocated by the network device is 1000 bits, and then the terminal device fills when sending the message 3 (
  • the Ratio is too high, that is, most of the actually transmitted bits are padded bits, which greatly wastes power consumption of uplink resources and terminal devices.
  • the terminal device may be allowed to select a TBS that is smaller than the TBS allocated by the network device to perform uplink service data transmission. For example, if the terminal device only needs 400 bits of uplink service data to be transmitted, the terminal device can independently select 500 bits (the TBS can be a TBS that the terminal device actually needs to use, and for convenience of description, it can be assumed that TBS1) to send the message 3. Instead of using 1000 bits of TBS (assumed to be TBS2) to send.
  • the network device needs to demodulate and decode the message 3 according to different TBS assumptions (according to the assumption of TBS1 and the assumption of TBS2, respectively). If the network device can correctly demodulate the decoded message 3, the TBS size of the message 3 can be determined, and the content of the application layer service data carried by the message 3 can be obtained at the same time.
  • TBS the TBS size of the message 3 can be determined, and the content of the application layer service data carried by the message 3 can be obtained at the same time.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of message transmission of random access.
  • the network device may not correctly demodulate and decode the narrowband physics of the message 3, whether under the assumption of TBS1 or under the assumption of TBS2, when the message 3 is sent for the first time.
  • Narrowband physical downlink shared channel (NPDSCH) At this point, the network device cannot get the correct TBS for message 3 (eg, TBS1).
  • the network device may use the Narrowband Physical Downlink Control Channel (NPDCCH) to schedule retransmission of the message 3.
  • NPDCCH Narrowband Physical Downlink Control Channel
  • the network device can only retransmit the message 3 according to the resource required by the TBS2 (assumed to be 1000 bits, including the remaining resources except the message 3), so that the message 3 The retransmission brings a very large waste of uplink resources.
  • the network device scheduling terminal device performs retransmission (ie, retransmission) of the message 3 by using the NPDCCH, specifically, scheduling by using downlink control information (DCI) format N0.
  • DCI downlink control information
  • the terminal device can interpret the 'resource assignment' field in the DCI format N0, and obtain the index of the resource unit (RU) by interpreting the 'Resource assignment' field (index, which can be recorded as IRU for convenience description).
  • the index of the MCS index, which can be recorded as I MCS for convenience of description
  • MCS 'modulation and coding scheme
  • the terminal device can determine the index of the TBS (referred to as I TBS ) according to the I MCS , and further determine the TBS according to (I TBS , I RU ) and Table 1.
  • Table 1 is a transport block size (TBS) lookup table for NPDCCH (ie, Table 16.5.1.2-2 in 3GPP TS 36.212: Transport block size (TBS) table for NPUSCH), see 16.5 in 3GPP TS 36.213. Section 1.2, no restrictions here.
  • TBS transport block size
  • the combination of the newly defined TBS and IRU cannot be queried in Table 1 above.
  • the scheduling information is indicated by DCI format N0, and DCI format N0 can only indicate the one defined in Table 1 above.
  • the combination of TBS , I RU for a TBS with an I RU of 6, cannot find a suitable I TBS such that the determined TBS is 776 bits.
  • the DCI sent by the network device to the terminal device cannot directly indicate the combination of the TBS and the IRU used in the initial transmission of the message 3. Therefore, the TBS used for retransmitting the message 3 cannot be determined, and the operation is inconvenient and the applicability is poor. .
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a method and a device for message transmission in a random access procedure, which can redefine the 'modulation and coding scheme' field in the DCI format N0, and can pass the 'modulation in the DCI format N0 when the message 3 is retransmitted.
  • the and coding scheme' field is re-interpreted, so that the TBS used for retransmission of the message 3 can be determined by the scheduling information corresponding to the 'modulation and coding scheme' field, and the operation is simple and the applicability is strong.
  • Embodiment 1 is a diagrammatic representation of Embodiment 1:
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a method for message transmission in a random access procedure according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method provided by the embodiment of the present application may include the following steps:
  • the terminal device receives downlink control information from the network device.
  • the various domains included in the foregoing downlink control information may be referred to the DCIformat N0.
  • the DCI sent by the network device to the terminal device may include a modulation and coding scheme field (ie, a 'modulation and coding scheme' field), and part of the bits of the modulation and coding scheme field are used to indicate that the retransmission of the scheduled transmission message is allowed.
  • the network device may send a DCI to the terminal device, and schedule retransmission of the message 3 (also referred to as retransmission) through the DCI format N0.
  • the terminal device can interpret the 'modulation and coding scheme' field in the DCI format N0, and determine the TBS allowed to be used by the retransmission message 3 by interpreting the state corresponding to the partial bits in the 'modulation and coding scheme' field.
  • the used TBS can be described by taking the first TBS as an example.
  • the terminal device can be interpreted by using the implementation manner specified in the 6.4.3.1 section of the protocol 3GPP TS 36.212, which is not limited herein.
  • the allowed TBS indicated by the partial bits of the modulation and coding scheme field may be a TBS in the candidate TBS set, and the TBS is the first TBS, which is convenient.
  • the TBS can be described as a designated TBS (for example, Ti).
  • the candidate TBS set may include one or more candidate TBSs including the specified TBS.
  • the terminal device may determine the candidate TBS set of the retransmission message 3 by using any one of the following group composition mode 1 to the group composition mode 2.
  • composition of the collection is one:
  • the foregoing candidate TBS set may be determined by a maximum TBS broadcast by the network device.
  • the terminal device may obtain the maximum TBS allowed for the retransmission message 3 from the system message broadcasted by the network device, and determine the candidate TBS set according to the maximum TBS.
  • the size (in bits) of the maximum TBS broadcast by the network device through the system message may be ⁇ 1000, 936, 808, 680, 584, 504, 408, 328 ⁇ .
  • the size of the maximum TBS is different, and the number of optional TBSs corresponding to the size of the optional TBS is also different, as shown in Table 2 below.
  • Table 2 is a schematic diagram of the value of TBS.
  • the terminal device retransmits the message 3 using four optional TBSs, respectively TBS1 (marked as T1 for convenience of description), TBS2 (which can be labeled as T2 for convenience of description), TBS3 (which can be labeled as T3 for convenience of description), and TBS4 (which can be labeled as T4 for convenience of description).
  • TBS1 marked as T1 for convenience of description
  • TBS2 which can be labeled as T2 for convenience of description
  • TBS3 which can be labeled as T3 for convenience of description
  • TBS4 which can be labeled as T4 for convenience of description.
  • T1, T2, T3 and T4 are 328, 536, 776 and 1000, respectively.
  • T1, T2, T3, and T4 can be combined to obtain a candidate TBS set, and T1, T2, T3, and T4 are all candidate TBSs.
  • the foregoing Table 2 may be configured by a network device, or may be specified by a communication protocol, and is not limited herein.
  • the terminal device retransmits the message 3 by using three optional TBSs, which can be respectively labeled as T1, T2, and T3, where the T1 and T2 are respectively The values of T3 and T3 are 328, 408 and 504, respectively.
  • T1, T2, and T3 may be combined to obtain a candidate TBS set, and T1, T2, and T3 are all candidate TBSs in the candidate TBS set.
  • the network device may indicate that one of the candidate TBS sets is a designated TBS by using a partial bit in the above-mentioned 'modulation and coding scheme' field, and indicates the designated TBS as a TBS allowed to be used by the retransmission message 3.
  • the terminal device can determine the number of optional TBSs and the size of each TBS through the foregoing Table 2, and then The determined one or more TBSs are combined into a candidate TBS set, and the size of each TBS in the candidate TBS set is less than or equal to the value of the maximum TBS of the system message broadcast, and is not limited herein.
  • the set of candidate TBSs allowed by the foregoing terminal device retransmission message 3 may be determined by the maximum TBS and the preset number of TBSs broadcast by the network device.
  • the number of the preset TBSs may be configured by the network device, or may be specified by the communication protocol.
  • the preset number of TBSs may also be described as an example, and is not limited herein.
  • the terminal device may determine one or more optional TBSs corresponding to the largest TBS broadcasted by the network device system message according to the foregoing set composition manner, and then determine the determined one or more optional TBSs.
  • Compose a candidate TBS set For convenience of description, the first candidate TBS set may be used as an example for description.
  • the second candidate TBS set may be taken as an example. At this time, the second candidate TBS set is a candidate TBS set allowed for the terminal device to retransmit the message 3.
  • each candidate TBS may compose the candidate TBS set according to the value from small to large, that is, at the first Ti ⁇ Ti+1 in the candidate TBS set and/or the second candidate TBS set.
  • the first candidate TBS set ⁇ T1, T2, T3, and T4 ⁇ (corresponding to ⁇ 328, 536, 776, 1000 ⁇ )
  • the value of T1 (328) is smaller than the value of T2 (536)
  • the value of T2 is taken.
  • the value (536) is less than the value of T3 (776).
  • the network device configurable terminal device selects a TBS component message of the preset TBS number (one or more) from the first candidate TBS set (that is, multiple selectable TBSs corresponding to the maximum TBS broadcasted by the system message). 3 Retransmission of the candidate TBS set that is allowed to be used.
  • the network device passes the optional TBS corresponding to the largest TBS broadcasted by the system message (that is, the TBS that the terminal device actually allows to transmit), there are four, for example, ⁇ T1, T2, T3, T4 ⁇ , and the preset TBS is configured.
  • the number is 4, and the terminal device can form the four candidate TBSs of the above ⁇ T1, T2, T3, T4 ⁇ into the second candidate TBS set.
  • the terminal device may select the candidate TBS as the TBS used for retransmission of the message 3 by using the following method (for the convenience of description, the TBS may be specified as an example). Description).
  • Method 1 T2 or T4;
  • the terminal device may select T2 or T4 as the designated TBS from the second candidate TBS set ⁇ T1, T2, T3, T4 ⁇ .
  • Method 2 T1 or T2 or T3 or T4;
  • the terminal device may select T1, or T2, or T3, or T4 as the designated TBS from the second candidate TBS set ⁇ T1, T2, T3, T4 ⁇ .
  • the terminal device may form three candidate TBSs of the above ⁇ T1, T2, T3, T4 ⁇ , for example, ⁇ T1, T2, T3 ⁇ into a second candidate TBS set.
  • the terminal device may select the candidate TBS as the designated TBS used for the retransmission of the message 3 in the following manner.
  • Method 1 T2 or T3;
  • the terminal device may select T2 or T3 as the designated TBS from the second candidate TBS set ⁇ T1, T2, T3 ⁇ .
  • Method 2 T1 or T2 or T3;
  • the terminal device may select T1, or T2, or T3 as the designated TBS from the second candidate TBS set ⁇ T1, T2, T3 ⁇ .
  • TBSs corresponding to the maximum TBS broadcast by the network device through the system message (that is, the TBS actually allowed to be transmitted by the terminal device) (for example, ⁇ T1, T2, T3, T4 ⁇ , or 3 (for example, ⁇ T1, T2, T3 ⁇ , for convenience of description, taking 4 as an example), and configuring the preset number of TBSs to be 2, the terminal device may select 2 candidate TBSs of the above ⁇ T1, T2, T3, T4 ⁇ , for example, ⁇ T1, T2 ⁇ constitutes a second candidate TBS set.
  • the terminal device can select T1 or T2 as the designated TBS used for message 3 retransmission.
  • the network device may indicate, by using a part of the bits in the 'modulation and coding scheme' field, the candidate TBS set (including the first candidate TBS set determined by the foregoing set composition mode 1 and/or the above set composition)
  • the candidate TBS set (including the first candidate TBS set determined by the foregoing set composition mode 1 and/or the above set composition)
  • One of the second candidate TBS sets determined by mode 2 (for example, T1) is a designated TBS.
  • the specified TBS that is allowed to be used by the network device to indicate that the terminal device retransmits the message 3 through the partial bits in the 'modulation and coding scheme' field may be implemented by using the following indication mode 1 or the indication mode 2:
  • the eight states corresponding to the partial bits of the 'Modulation and coding scheme' field (I MCS ) in the DCI sent by the network device to the terminal device may be used to indicate the designated TBS allowed by the terminal device to retransmit the message. ).
  • the eight states may also indicate, by the terminal device, whether the retransmission message 3 allows the candidate TBS that is less than or equal to Ti to perform message transmission.
  • the optional TBS indicated by the partial bits of the 'Modulation and coding scheme' field (I MCS ) in the DCI The range is ⁇ T 1 , T 2 , T 3 , T 4 ⁇ , and the indication of the designated TBS can be performed in the form of Table 3 as follows, and whether the terminal device retransmission message 3 allows the message to be used by the candidate TBS less than or equal to Ti. Instructions sent.
  • Table 3 is an indication table of the designated TBS that the terminal device retransmits the message 3 to use.
  • the 'Modulation and coding scheme' field in DCI is 4 bits (4 bits). The correspondence between the state corresponding to the 4 bits and the designated TBS and whether the permission is allowed is configured by the network device, or is defined by a communication protocol, and is not limited herein.
  • the terminal device may be instructed to retransmit the designated TBS allowed by the message 3 to be T1. And the terminal device is allowed to retransmit the message 3 to use the candidate TBS smaller than T1 for message transmission. At this time, the terminal device may select the T1 retransmission message 3, and may also retransmit the message 3 using other candidate TBSs smaller than T1.
  • the T1 retransmission message 3 is selected, which may be determined according to the actual application scenario, and is not limited herein.
  • the terminal device may be instructed to retransmit the specified TBS that is allowed to be used by the message 3 to be T1, and the terminal device is not allowed to retransmit.
  • Message 3 uses a candidate TBS less than T1 for message transmission.
  • the terminal device selects the T1 retransmission message 3, and does not allow the candidate TBS smaller than T1 in the candidate TBS set to perform the message 3 retransmission, which will not be described below.
  • the optional TBS indicated by the partial bits of the 'Modulation and coding scheme' field (I MCS ) in the DCI The range is ⁇ T 1 , T 2 , T 3 ⁇ , and the indication of the designated TBS can be performed in the form of Table 4 as follows, and whether the terminal device retransmission message 3 allows the use of the candidate TBS less than or equal to Ti for the message transmission. .
  • Table 4 is another indication diagram of the designated TBS that the terminal device retransmits the message 3 to use.
  • the 'Modulation and coding scheme' field in DCI is 4 bits (4 bits).
  • the terminal device may be instructed to retransmit the designated TBS allowed by the message 3 to be T1. And the terminal device is allowed to retransmit the message 3 to use the candidate TBS smaller than T1 for message transmission. At this time, the terminal device may select the T1 retransmission message 3, and may also retransmit the message 3 using other candidate TBSs smaller than T1.
  • the T1 retransmission message 3 is selected, which may be determined according to the actual application scenario, and is not limited herein.
  • the terminal device may be instructed to retransmit the specified TBS allowed by the message 3 to be T1, and the terminal device is not allowed to retransmit.
  • Message 3 uses a candidate TBS less than T1 for message transmission.
  • the terminal device selects the T1 retransmission message 3, and does not allow the candidate TBS smaller than T1 in the candidate TBS set to perform the message 3 retransmission, which will not be described below.
  • the optional TBS indicated by the partial bits of the 'Modulation and coding scheme' field (I MCS ) in the DCI The range is ⁇ T 1 , T 2 ⁇ , and the indication of the designated TBS can be performed in the form of Table 5 as follows, and whether the terminal device retransmission message 3 allows the use of the candidate TBS less than or equal to Ti to transmit the message.
  • Table 5 is another indication diagram of the designated TBS allowed by the terminal device retransmission message 3.
  • the terminal device may be instructed to retransmit the designated TBS allowed by the message 3 to be T1. And the terminal device is allowed to retransmit the message 3 to use the candidate TBS smaller than T1 for message transmission. At this time, the terminal device may select the T1 retransmission message 3, and may also retransmit the message 3 using other candidate TBSs smaller than T1.
  • the T1 retransmission message 3 is selected, which may be determined according to the actual application scenario, and is not limited herein.
  • the terminal device may be instructed to retransmit the specified TBS to be used by the message 3 to be T2, and the terminal device is not allowed to retransmit.
  • Message 3 uses a candidate TBS less than T2 for message transmission.
  • the terminal device selects the T2 retransmission message 3, and does not allow the candidate TBS smaller than T2 in the candidate TBS set to perform the message 3 retransmission, which will not be described below.
  • the 2 bits of the 'Modulation and coding scheme' field (I MCS ) in the DCI sent by the network device to the terminal device indicate that the designated TBS is in the candidate TBS set (eg, ⁇ T1, T2, T3, T4 ⁇ ) One, the indication is as shown in the last column on the right side of Table 6.
  • Table 6 is another indication diagram of the specified TBS (Ti) allowed for the terminal device retransmission message 3.
  • 1 bit of the 'Modulation and coding scheme' field (I MCS ) in the DCI is used to indicate whether the terminal device retransmission message 3 allows to use a candidate TBS less than or equal to Ti for message transmission, and the available bit '0' and '1' is allowed or not allowed. It can be determined according to the actual application scenario. There is no restriction here.
  • the designated TBS corresponding to the indication is T1.
  • the designated TBS corresponding to the indication is T4.
  • the correspondence between the TBS indication and the designated TBS may be configured by the network device, or may be specified by a communication protocol, and is not limited herein.
  • the foregoing field (2 bits) for indicating a specified TBS, and a field (1 bit) for indicating whether the terminal device retransmission message 3 is allowed to use a candidate TBS less than or equal to Ti for message transmission is in a “Modulation and coding”.
  • the scheme' field can be located at the upper 3 bits, or at the lower 3 bits, or it can occupy 3 bits separately. It can be determined according to the actual application scenario, and no limitation is imposed here.
  • the terminal device determines the target TBS according to the first TBS.
  • the terminal device may interpret the 'Modulation and coding scheme' field in the DCI, and determine a retransmission message by using some bits in the 'Modulation and coding scheme' field.
  • the designated TBS i.e., the first TBS
  • the target TBS used by the retransmission message 3 can be determined according to the indication of the partial TBS and/or the partial bits in the above-mentioned 'Modulation and coding scheme' field.
  • the foregoing target TBS is a TBS that the terminal device actually needs to use to resend the message 3 to the network device.
  • the specified TBS indicated by the partial bits in the above-mentioned 'Modulation and coding scheme' field may be one of the first candidate TBS set and/or the second candidate TBS set
  • the terminal device determines the specified TBS, Then the designated TBS is determined as the target TBS.
  • the terminal device retransmits the message 3 using the target TBS, and after receiving the message 3, the network device does not need to perform TBS blind detection. That is, at this time, the blind detection TBS set of the network device blindly detecting the message 3 is empty.
  • the specified TBS indicated by the partial bits in the above-mentioned 'Modulation and coding scheme' field may be one of the first candidate TBS set and/or the second candidate TBS set, and the 'Modulation and coding scheme' domain
  • the partial bit indicates that when the candidate TBS less than or equal to the designated TBS is allowed to perform retransmission of the scheduled transmission message, the terminal device may select one candidate TBS less than or equal to the designated TBS from the candidate TBS set, and determine the selected candidate TBS as the target. TBS.
  • the terminal device retransmits the message 3 using the target TBS.
  • the network device does not know the size of the TBS actually used by the terminal device.
  • the network device needs to perform TBS blind detection.
  • the network device performs the TBS blind detection when receiving the TBS retransmitted by the terminal device.
  • the TBS range of the blind detection of the network device (that is, the blind detection TBS set, which will not be described below) is the candidate TBS set corresponding to the maximum TBS of the system message broadcast.
  • a set of candidate TBSs smaller than the specified TBS (eg, the first candidate TBS set).
  • the TBS used by the terminal device to retransmit the message 3 may be the same as the TBS used in the initial message 3, and is not limited herein.
  • the maximum TBS broadcasted by the network device through the system message is 1000 bits
  • the number of preset TBSs allowed by the terminal device configured by the network device is 4, that is, the candidate TBS set is ⁇ 328, 536, 776, 1000 ⁇ .
  • the terminal device may determine one candidate TBS from the above-mentioned candidate TBS set to perform retransmission of the message 3.
  • the network device performs TBS blind detection based on the assumptions of the four TBSs, that is, the blind detection TBS set of the network device blindly detecting the message 3 is ⁇ 328, 536, 776, 1000 ⁇ .
  • the TBS selected by the terminal device initial message 3 is 328 bits
  • the specified TBS allowed to be used by the retransmission message 3 according to the partial bits in the 'Modulation and coding scheme' field (I MCS ) in the DCI is 536 bits
  • the partial bits of the 'Modulation and coding scheme' field (I MCS ) determine that when the message 3 is retransmitted, the TBS that is smaller than the specified TBS (536 bits) is allowed to perform the message transmission, and the terminal device can retransmit the message 3 from ⁇ 328,536 ⁇ .
  • the target TBS of the retransmission message 3 is determined, and the message 3 is sent to the network device based on the target TBS.
  • the message 3 of the network device receiving the retransmission of the terminal device is blind detection based on the two TBS assumptions of ⁇ 328, 536 ⁇ to demodulate and decode the message 3.
  • the specified TBS indicated by the partial bits in the 'Modulation and coding scheme' field may be one of the candidate TBS sets, and the partial bits in the 'Modulation and coding scheme' field indicate that the use is less than or equal to
  • the candidate TBS of the designated TBS performs retransmission of the scheduled transmission message
  • the terminal device determines the specified TBS
  • the designated TBS is determined as the target TBS.
  • the terminal device retransmits the message 3 using the target TBS, and after receiving the message 3, the network device does not need to perform TBS blind detection.
  • the terminal device determines the target TBS used by the retransmission message 3 according to the following manner.
  • the TBS that the terminal device actually needs to adopt is a TBS determined by the terminal device according to the size of the uplink service data that it needs to upload. For example, when the uplink service data that the terminal device actually needs to upload is 400 bits, the TBS that the terminal device actually needs to use may be 500 bits.
  • TBS of the specified size of the communication protocol is determined as the target TBS.
  • the terminal device may perform retransmission of the message 3 according to the 88 bits described in the section 16.3.3 of the protocol 3GPP TS 36.213, that is, the terminal device may determine the 88 bits specified by the protocol as the target TBS of the message 3 retransmission.
  • the network device receives the retransmission message 3, in addition to performing TBS blind detection according to up to 4 types of TBSs (for example, ⁇ 328, 536, 776, 1000 ⁇ ), it is also necessary to blindly detect 88 bits.
  • the first TBS is determined as the target TBS.
  • the terminal device may fill the 88 bits of the protocol described in section 16.3.3 of the 3GPP TS 36.213 to the same size as the designated TBS (ie, the first TBS), and perform retransmission of the message 3 according to the designated TBS. That is, the terminal device may fill the 88 bits specified by the protocol to the same size as the designated TBS, and determine the TBS padded to the same size as the designated TBS as the target TBS of the message 3 retransmission.
  • the terminal device may re-initiate random access or wait for random access competition. After the timeout expires, the random access is re-initiated, and the uplink service data is transmitted in the message 3 of the re-initiated random access procedure.
  • the terminal device may re-initiate the random access, or wait for the random access competition resolution timing to timeout to re-initiate the random access, and transmit the uplink service data after the re-initiated random access procedure message 3.
  • the terminal device may not use the scheduling of the network device, and the contention resolution (or The contention is resolved.
  • a new random access attempt is made after the timeout expires, so that the uplink service data can be transmitted in the re-initiated random access procedure.
  • the random access attempt may select an existing random access resource or a random access resource indicating an EDT, and no limitation is imposed herein.
  • the terminal device resends the scheduled transmission message of the random access to the network device according to the target TBS.
  • the foregoing scheduling transmission message may be the message 3 carrying the uplink service data in the random access process, or may be sent by the terminal device to the network device in the random access procedure specified in the 3GPP protocol R13 or R14.
  • Message 3 (88bits), no restrictions here.
  • the terminal device determines the target TBS
  • the message 3 can be resent to the network device.
  • the resent message 3 carries the uplink service data transmitted according to the target TBS.
  • the scheduling information of the first (first) transmission of the random access scheduled transmission message is indicated by the uplink grant in the RAR.
  • the scheduling information of the retransmission of the random access scheduled transmission message is indicated by the DCI, and is indicated by the DCI format N0 in the NB-IoT. In the eMTC, it is indicated by DCI format 6-0A or DCI format 6-0B.
  • the TBS used by the terminal device to retransmit the message 3 to the network device may be determined according to the TBS indicated by the partial bit of the modulation and coding scheme field in the DCI, and the method for determining the TBS used by the retransmission message 3 is increased. Sex, the implementation of the terminal device retransmission message 3 is more flexible. At the same time, the terminal device can determine the TBS of the retransmission message 3 directly from the partial bits of the modulation coding scheme field in the DCI, and determine the TBS of the retransmission message 3 based on the TBS, so as to prevent the network device from performing the retransmission message 3 on the TBS. The unnecessary blind detection can improve the efficiency and reliability of data transmission during the random access process, and the applicability is stronger.
  • Embodiment 2 is a diagrammatic representation of Embodiment 1:
  • part of the bits of the modulation and coding scheme field in the DCI transmitted by the network device to the terminal device may directly indicate that the terminal device retransmits the TBS allowed to be used by the message 3, and/or indicates whether the terminal device retransmits the message 3 It is allowed to use a certain TBS that is smaller than the TBS allowed by the above DCI for message transmission.
  • the partial bits of the modulation and coding scheme field in the DCI that can be sent by the network device to the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application can directly indicate whether the terminal device retransmits the message 3 to allow other TBSs smaller than the allowed TBS to be used.
  • the message transmission is performed without indicating the TBS that is allowed to be used, and the diversity of the selection manner of the TBS used by the terminal device to retransmit the message 3 is increased, and the bits occupying the modulation and coding scheme domain are also saved, thereby saving resources.
  • FIG. 6 is another schematic flowchart of a method for message transmission in a random access procedure according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method provided by the embodiment of the present application may include the following steps:
  • the terminal device receives a system message broadcast by the network device, and determines, according to the received system message, a maximum TBS that is allowed to be used.
  • the size (in bits) of the maximum TBS broadcast by the network device through the system message may be ⁇ 1000, 936, 808, 680, 584, 504, 408, 328 ⁇ .
  • the size of the maximum TBS is different, and the number of the optional TBSs is different from the size of the optional TBS. For details, refer to Table 2 above.
  • the terminal device can receive the system message broadcasted by the network device, and the maximum TBS query table 2 broadcasted by the system message, so that the optional TBS corresponding to the largest TBS can be determined.
  • the terminal device retransmits the message 3 using four optional TBSs, which are respectively T1, T2, T3, and T4.
  • T1, T2, T3 and T4 are 328, 536, 776 and 1000, respectively.
  • the above T1, T2, T3 and T4 may be candidate TBSs for the terminal device to retransmit the message 3.
  • the terminal device receives downlink control information from the network device.
  • the implementation manner of the terminal device receiving the DCI from the network device may be referred to the implementation manner provided in step S101 in the foregoing Embodiment 1, and details are not described herein again.
  • the DCI may include a modulation coding scheme field, where a part of the bits of the modulation coding scheme field is used to indicate whether to allow retransmission of the message 3 by using a candidate TBS that is less than or equal to the maximum TBS broadcast by the network device system message.
  • the terminal device can reinterpret the 'Modulation and coding scheme' field (I MCS ) in DCI format N0 when message 3 is retransmitted.
  • the 1 bit in the 'Modulation and coding scheme' field (I MCS ) can be used to indicate whether the terminal device is allowed to transmit using the largest TBS less than the system message broadcast when the message 3 is retransmitted.
  • the terminal device can be interpreted by using the implementation manner specified in the 6.4.3.1 section of the protocol 3GPP TS 36.212, which is not limited herein.
  • the terminal device determines the target TBS according to the indication of the maximum TBS and the partial bits of the modulation and coding scheme field.
  • the terminal device resends the scheduled transmission message of the random access to the network device according to the target TBS.
  • the terminal device receives a bit from the network device, the 1 bit in the 'Modulation and coding scheme' field (I MCS ) indicates that the terminal device is not allowed to use less than when retransmitting the message 3
  • the TBS indicated by the DCI ie, the maximum TBS broadcasted by the system message
  • the terminal device interprets the indication from the DCI to transmit the maximum TBS of the system message broadcast when retransmitting the message 3.
  • the network device does not perform TBS blind detection when receiving the message 3 retransmitted by the terminal device, which can reduce the waste of resources for blind detection of the network device and improve the efficiency of data transmission during the random access process.
  • a candidate TBS may be determined to retransmit the message 3 in the candidate TBS set corresponding to the largest TBS broadcasted by the system message, for example, ⁇ T1, T2, T3, T4 ⁇ .
  • the candidate TBS selected by the terminal device from the candidate TBS set may be less than or equal to the maximum TBS broadcast by the system message.
  • the network device performs TBS blind detection when receiving the message 3 retransmitted by the terminal device, and the TBS range of the network device blind detection is the candidate TBS set ⁇ T1, T2, T3, T4 ⁇ .
  • the terminal device determines that the TBS used in the retransmission message 3 is the same as the TBS used to determine the initial transmission message 3, and details are not described herein again.
  • the maximum TBS broadcasted in the system message of the network device is 1000 bits
  • the number of preset TBSs of the TBS allowed by the terminal device retransmission message 3 configured by the network device is 4, that is, the candidate TBS set is ⁇ 328, 536, 776. , 1000 ⁇ .
  • the terminal device may determine one candidate TBS as the target TBS from the candidate TBS set, and resend the message 3 to the network device according to the target TBS.
  • the network device performs blind detection based on the four TBS hypotheses in the candidate TBS set described above. It is assumed that the TBS selected by the terminal device initial message 3 is 328 bits.
  • the terminal device determines, according to the 1 bit in the 'Modulation and coding scheme' field (I MCS ) in the DCI sent by the network device, the message is not allowed when retransmitting the message 3.
  • the terminal device may select the TBS that is the same as the maximum TBS broadcasted by the system message (ie, 1000 bits) when retransmitting the message 3, and re-establish the network device based on the maximum TBS.
  • the network device does not perform TBS blind detection when receiving the message 3 retransmitted by the terminal device.
  • the terminal device determines, according to the 1 bit of the 'Modulation and coding scheme' field (I MCS ) in the DCI sent by the network device, that the TBS indicated by the DCI is allowed to be used when retransmitting the message 3, the terminal device retransmits the message 3
  • the target TBS used by the retransmission message 3 can be determined from the candidate TBS set ⁇ 328, 536, 776, 1000 ⁇ described above, and the message 3 is retransmitted to the network device according to the target TBS.
  • the network device receives the message 3, it performs blind detection based on four assumptions in the candidate TBS set ⁇ 328, 536, 776, 1000 ⁇ .
  • the network device can quickly adjust the value of 1 bit of the 'Modulation and coding scheme' field (I MCS ) in the DCI sent to the terminal device according to the load condition, and the value of the 1 bit is used to make the value of the 1 bit.
  • I MCS 'Modulation and coding scheme' field
  • the TBS used by the terminal device to retransmit the message 3 to the network device may determine the TBS based on the 2-bit indication of the modulation and coding scheme field in the DCI, and increase the diversity of the TBS adopted by the retransmission message 3 to achieve more flexibility.
  • Embodiment 3 is a diagrammatic representation of Embodiment 3
  • FIG. 7 is another schematic flowchart of a method for message transmission in a random access procedure according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method provided by the embodiment of the present application may include the following steps:
  • the terminal device receives downlink control information from the network device.
  • the network device does not need to modify the scheduling information of the modulation and coding scheme domain in the DCI sent to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may receive the DCI for scheduling message 3 retransmission from the network device, and interpret the scheduling information of each domain in the DCI by using an implementation manner as specified in 6.4.3.1 of the protocol 3GPP TS 36.212.
  • the scheduling information of the modulation and coding scheme field in the DCI may be used to indicate that the terminal device retransmits the TBS allowed by the message 3.
  • the terminal device may interpret the modulation code according to the implementation manner specified in the 6.4.3.1 section of the protocol 3GPP TS36.212.
  • the scheduling information of the solution domain determines the allowed TBS indicated by the network device.
  • the network device does not need to modify the scheduling information of the modulation and coding scheme domain in the DCI sent to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may receive the DCI for scheduling message 3 retransmission from the network device, and interpret the scheduling information of each domain in the DCI by using an implementation manner as specified in 6.4.3.1 of the protocol 3GPP TS 36.212.
  • the scheduling information of the modulation and coding scheme field in the DCI may be used to instruct the terminal device to resend the second TBS of the message 3.
  • the terminal device selects a candidate TBS that is closest to the second TBS value from the candidate TBS set according to the second TBS, or selects a candidate TBS that is closest to the second TBS value and larger than the second TBS, or a candidate from the candidate TBS set.
  • a candidate TBS that is closest to the second TBS value and smaller than the second TBS is selected in the TBS set.
  • the selected candidate TBS is taken as the first TBS.
  • the terminal device can interpret the 'resource assignment' field in the DCI format N0, and obtain the index of the resource unit (RU) by interpreting the 'Resource assignment' field (index, which can be recorded as IRU for convenience description)
  • the index of the MCS index, which can be recorded as I MCS for convenience of description
  • MCS 'modulation and coding scheme
  • the terminal device may determine an index of the TBS (referred to as I TBS ) according to the I MCS , and then determine the second TBS according to (I TBS , I RU ) and Table 1.
  • Table 1 is a transport block size (TBS) lookup table for NPDCCH (ie, Table 16.5.1.2-2 in 3GPP TS 36.212: Transport block size (TBS) table for NPUSCH), see 16.5 in 3GPP TS 36.213. Section 1.2, no restrictions here.
  • the terminal device selects a candidate TBS that is closest to the second TBS value from the candidate TBS set according to the second TBS, or selects a candidate TBS that is closest to the second TBS value and larger than the second TBS, or a candidate from the candidate TBS set.
  • a candidate TBS that is closest to the second TBS value and smaller than the second TBS is selected in the TBS set.
  • the selected candidate TBS is taken as the first TBS. It can be determined according to the actual application scenario, and no limitation is imposed here.
  • the terminal device determines the target TBS according to the first TBS.
  • the terminal device resends the scheduling transmission message to the network device according to the target TBS.
  • the terminal device can determine the TBS actually needed to be used as the target TBS.
  • the terminal device resends the message 3 to the network device based on the TBS actually needed.
  • the network device After receiving the message 3, the network device performs TBS blind detection to demodulate and decode the content in the message 3.
  • the terminal device determines the target TBS used by the retransmission message 3.
  • the TBS that the terminal device actually needs to adopt is a TBS determined by the terminal device according to the size of the uplink service data that it needs to upload. For example, when the uplink service data that the terminal device actually needs to upload is 400 bits, the TBS that the terminal device actually needs to use may be 500 bits.
  • TBS of the specified size of the communication protocol is determined as the target TBS.
  • the terminal device may perform retransmission of the message 3 according to the 88 bits described in the section 16.3.3 of the protocol 3GPP TS 36.213, that is, the terminal device may determine the 88 bits specified by the protocol as the target TBS of the message 3 retransmission.
  • the network device receives the retransmission message 3, in addition to blind detection by up to 4 types of TBSs (for example, ⁇ 328, 536, 776, 1000 ⁇ ), it is also necessary to blindly detect 88 bits.
  • the first TBS is determined as the target TBS, and the target TBS is padded to the same size as the designated TBS.
  • the terminal device may fill the 88 bits of the protocol described in section 16.3.3 of the 3GPP TS 36.213 to the same size as the designated TBS (ie, the first TBS), and perform retransmission of the message 3 according to the designated TBS. That is, the terminal device may fill the 88 bits specified by the protocol to the same size as the designated TBS, and determine the TBS padded to the same size as the designated TBS as the target TBS of the message 3 retransmission.
  • the terminal device may re-initiate random access or wait for random access competition. After the timeout expires, the random access is re-initiated, and the uplink service data is transmitted in the message 3 of the re-initiated random access procedure.
  • the terminal device may re-initiate the random access, or wait for the random access competition resolution timing to timeout to re-initiate the random access, and transmit the uplink service data after the re-initiated random access procedure message 3.
  • the terminal device may not use the scheduling of the network device, and the contention resolution (or The contention is resolved.
  • a new random access attempt is made after the timeout expires, so that the uplink service data can be transmitted in the re-initiated random access procedure.
  • the random access attempt may select an existing random access resource or a random access resource indicating an EDT, and no limitation is imposed herein.
  • the network device does not need to adjust the value of each bit of the 'Modulation and coding scheme' field (I MCS ), and the implementation complexity is low.
  • the terminal device may determine the TBS that is allowed to be used according to the scheduling information of each domain in the DCI, and determine the target TBS for retransmitting the message 3 according to the TBS that is actually needed, and increase the TBS used by the terminal device to retransmit the message 3.
  • the flexibility of the selection method also saves the bits occupying the modulation coding scheme domain and saves resources.
  • Embodiment 4 is a diagrammatic representation of Embodiment 4:
  • the modulation and coding scheme field in the DCI transmitted by the network device to the terminal device may indicate that the terminal device retransmits the TBS allowed to be used by the message 3.
  • the terminal device may interpret the DCI and determine the permission according to the indication of the DCI.
  • the terminal device may not interpret the scheduling information of the modulation and coding scheme domain in the DCI when interpreting the DCI, thereby saving the signaling overhead of transmitting data in the random access process, and improving the random connection. The efficiency and reliability of data transmission during the process is more applicable.
  • FIG. 8 is another schematic flowchart of a method for message transmission in a random access procedure according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method provided by the embodiment of the present application may include the following steps:
  • the terminal device receives downlink control information from the network device.
  • the terminal device interprets each domain except the modulation and coding scheme field in the downlink control information before resending the scheduled transmission message.
  • the terminal device resends the scheduling transmission message to the network device according to the intercepted scheduling information of each domain and the target TBS.
  • the foregoing scheduled transmission message is the message 3.
  • the message 3 carries the uplink service data transmitted according to the target TBS, and the target TBS is the TBS used by the terminal device to send the message 3 to the network device for the first time.
  • the 'Modulation and coding scheme' field (I MCS ) in the DCI format N0 is not limited when the message 3 is retransmitted.
  • the 'Modulation and coding scheme' field (I MCS ) can be filled with a fixed value or arbitrarily indicated a value.
  • the terminal device does not interpret the 'Modulation and coding scheme' field (I MCS ) in the DCI when receiving the DCI, and ensures that the TBS used in the retransmission of the message 3 is the same as the TBS used in the initial transmission.
  • the terminal device can interpret each domain except the 'Modulation and coding scheme' field (I MCS ) in the DCI according to the protocol, and can obtain the scheduling information of each domain according to the interpretation and the initial transmission of the message 3
  • the TBS resends message 3 to the network device.
  • the network device can blindly detect the retransmission message 3 by using the same TBS assumption that the message 3 was originally transmitted.
  • the maximum TBS broadcast by the network device through the system message is 1000 bits
  • the number of preset TBSs allowed by the terminal device resending message 3 configured by the network device is 4, that is, the candidate TBS set is ⁇ 328, 536, 776, 1000.
  • the terminal device may determine a candidate TBS from the candidate TBS set to perform retransmission of the message 3.
  • the network device performs blind detection of four TBS hypotheses based on candidate TBSs included in the candidate TBS set. It is assumed that the TBS selected by the terminal device initial message 3 is 328 bits, and the terminal device does not interpret the 'Modulation and coding scheme' field (I MCS ) in the DCI that receives the retransmission of the scheduling message 3.
  • I MCS 'Modulation and coding scheme' field
  • the interpretation of the scheduling information of other domains in the DCI can be interpreted in the manner specified by the protocol, and is not limited herein.
  • the terminal device uses the same TBS as the initial transmission when retransmitting the message 3.
  • the network device performs blind detection based on the four TBS hypotheses of ⁇ 328, 536, 776, 1000 ⁇ in the candidate TBS set to obtain the content contained in the message 3.
  • the terminal device may not interpret the scheduling information of the modulation and coding scheme domain in the DCI when interpreting the DCI, thereby saving signaling overhead of transmitting data in the random access process, and improving random access.
  • the efficiency and reliability of data transmission during the process is more applicable.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication apparatus according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 90 provided by the embodiment of the present application includes a processor 901, a memory 902, a transceiver 903, and a bus system 904.
  • the processor 901, the memory 902 and the transceiver 903 are connected by a bus system 904.
  • the above memory 902 is used to store programs.
  • the program can include program code, the program code including computer operating instructions.
  • the memory 902 includes, but is not limited to, a random access memory (RAM), a read-only memory (ROM), an erasable programmable read only memory (EPROM), or Portable disc read-only memory (CD-ROM). Only one memory is shown in Fig. 9, and of course, the memory can be set to a plurality as needed.
  • the memory 902 may also be a memory in the processor 901, which is not limited herein.
  • the memory 902 stores the following elements, executable modules or data structures, or a subset thereof, or an extended set thereof:
  • Operation instructions include various operation instructions for implementing various operations.
  • Operating system Includes a variety of system programs for implementing various basic services and handling hardware-based tasks.
  • the processor 901 controls the operation of the communication device 90.
  • the processor 901 may be one or more central processing units (CPUs).
  • CPUs central processing units
  • the CPU may be a single-core CPU. It can also be a multi-core CPU.
  • bus system 904 which may include, in addition to the data bus, a power bus, a control bus, a status signal bus, and the like.
  • bus system 904 may include, in addition to the data bus, a power bus, a control bus, a status signal bus, and the like.
  • bus system 904 may include, in addition to the data bus, a power bus, a control bus, a status signal bus, and the like.
  • bus system 904 for clarity of description, various buses are labeled as bus system 904 in FIG. For ease of representation, only the schematic drawing is shown in FIG.
  • the method of the network device of the embodiment may be applied to the processor 901 and the transceiver 903, or may be implemented by the processor 901 and the transceiver 903.
  • the processor 901 may be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capabilities.
  • each step of the foregoing method may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor 901 or an instruction in a form of software.
  • the processor 901 may be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processing (DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a field-programmable gate array (FPGA), or Other programmable logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components.
  • DSP digital signal processing
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • FPGA field-programmable gate array
  • Other programmable logic devices discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components.
  • the methods, steps, and logical block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present application can be implemented or executed.
  • the general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor or any conventional processor or the like.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be directly implemented by the hardware decoding processor, or may be performed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor.
  • the software module can be located in a conventional storage medium such as random access memory, flash memory, read only memory, programmable read only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers, and the like.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory 902, and the processor 901 and the transceiver 903 can read the information in the memory 902, perform any one of FIG. 5 to FIG. 8 in combination with the hardware thereof, or the method steps of the terminal device described in the above embodiments. Or performing the method steps of any one of FIG. 5 to FIG. 8 or the network device described in the above embodiments in combination with its hardware.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device provided by the embodiment of the present application includes a function module such as a processor 101, a memory 102, a user interface 103, a communication interface 104, a coupler 105, and an antenna 106.
  • the memory 102 described above may correspond to the memory 902 of the communication device 90 shown in FIG.
  • the above memory 102 is used to store programs.
  • the program can include program code, the program code including computer operating instructions.
  • the memory 102 includes, but is not limited to, a RAM, a ROM, an EPROM, or a CD-ROM, etc., and is not limited herein.
  • the foregoing memory 102 may also be a memory in the processor 101, which is not limited herein.
  • the memory 102 stores the following elements, executable modules or data structures, or subsets thereof, or their extended sets:
  • Operation instructions include various operation instructions for implementing various operations.
  • Operating system Includes a variety of system programs for implementing various basic services and handling hardware-based tasks.
  • the processor 101 described above controls the operation of the terminal device, and the processor 101 may be one or more CPUs.
  • the method of any one of FIG. 5 to FIG. 8 provided by the embodiment of the present application, or the terminal device disclosed in the foregoing embodiments may be applied to the processor 101 or implemented by the processor 101.
  • Processor 101 may be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capabilities. In the implementation process, each step of the above method may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor 101 or an instruction in a form of software.
  • the processor 101 described above may be a general purpose processor, DSP, ASIC, FPGA or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic device, discrete hardware component.
  • the methods, steps, and logical block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present application can be implemented or executed.
  • the general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor or any conventional processor or the like.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be directly implemented by the hardware decoding processor, or may be performed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor.
  • the software module can be located in a conventional storage medium such as random access memory, flash memory, read only memory, programmable read only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers, and the like.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory 102, and the processor 101 reads the information in the memory 102, and performs any one of FIG. 5 to FIG. 8 in conjunction with its hardware, or the method steps of the terminal device described in the above embodiments.
  • the user interface 103 of the terminal device is mainly used for providing an input interface for the user, and acquiring data input by the user.
  • the user interface 103 may include a multimedia input and/or output device 1031, a camera 1032, a display 1033, and the like, which are not limited herein.
  • the user interface 103 may be an information input and/or output module that interacts with a user of the terminal device, such as a microphone and/or a speaker of a terminal device such as a mobile phone, a front and/or rear camera, and a touch screen, etc. Make restrictions.
  • the user interface 103 may also include a standard wired interface, a wireless interface, and the like, which are not limited herein.
  • the processor 101 of the terminal device can be coupled to an input device such as the antenna 106 through one or more communication interfaces 104 and couplers 105, and perform any one of FIG. 5 to FIG. 8 in combination with other functional modules, or as described in the above embodiments.
  • an input device such as the antenna 106
  • couplers 105 perform any one of FIG. 5 to FIG. 8 in combination with other functional modules, or as described in the above embodiments.
  • Coupled herein means that two components are bonded directly or indirectly to each other. This combination may be fixed or movable, which may allow for the transfer of fluid, electrical, electrical or other types of signals between the two components.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device provided by the embodiment of the present application includes a processor 1101, a memory 1102, a transmitter 1103, a receiver 1104, a network interface 1107, and the like.
  • the functional modules such as the processor 1101, the transmitter 1103, and the receiver 1104 can be coupled to an input device such as the antenna 1106 through the coupler 1105.
  • the processor 1101 can perform any of the implementations of the network device described in the foregoing embodiments, or the implementation manners provided by the network devices described in the foregoing embodiments. This is not a limitation.
  • "Coupled” herein means that two components are bonded directly or indirectly to each other. This combination may be fixed or movable, which may allow for the transfer of fluid, electrical, electrical or other types of signals between the two components.
  • the memory 1102 can correspond to the memory 902 of the communication device 90 shown in FIG.
  • the above memory 1102 is used to store programs.
  • the program can include program code, the program code including computer operating instructions.
  • the memory 1102 includes, but is not limited to, a RAM, a ROM, an EPROM, or a CD-ROM, etc., and is not limited herein.
  • the foregoing memory 1102 may also be a memory in the processor 1101, which is not limited herein.
  • Memory 1102 stores the following elements, executable modules or data structures, or a subset thereof, or their extended set:
  • Operation instructions include various operation instructions for implementing various operations.
  • Operating system Includes a variety of system programs for implementing various basic services and handling hardware-based tasks.
  • the processor 1101 described above controls the operation of the network device, and the processor 1101 may be one or more CPUs.
  • the method of any one of FIG. 5 to FIG. 8 provided by the embodiment of the present application, or the network device disclosed in the foregoing embodiments may be applied to the processor 1101 or implemented by the processor 1101.
  • the processor 1101 may be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capabilities. In the implementation process, each step of the foregoing method may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor 1101 or an instruction in a form of software.
  • the processor 1101 described above may be a general purpose processor, DSP, ASIC, FPGA or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic device, discrete hardware component.
  • the general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor or any conventional processor or the like.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be directly implemented by the hardware decoding processor, or may be performed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor.
  • the software module can be located in a conventional storage medium such as random access memory, flash memory, read only memory, programmable read only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers, and the like.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory 1102, and the processor 1101 reads the information in the memory 1102, and performs any one of FIG. 5 to FIG. 8 in conjunction with its hardware, or the method steps of the network device described in the above embodiments.
  • the network interface 1107 may optionally include a standard wired interface, a wireless interface (such as a WI-FI interface), and the like, and is not limited herein.
  • FIG. 12 is another schematic structural diagram of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device provided by the embodiment of the present application includes: a receiving unit 121, a processing unit 122, and a sending unit 123.
  • the receiving unit 121 is configured to receive downlink control information from the network device, where the downlink control information includes a modulation and coding scheme field, where the first part of the modulation and coding scheme field is used to indicate that the first transmission of the scheduled transmission message of the random access is retransmitted
  • the block size TBS, the first TBS is a TBS in the candidate TBS set.
  • the processing unit 122 is configured to determine a target TBS according to the foregoing first TBS.
  • the sending unit 123 is configured to resend the random access scheduled transmission message to the network device according to the target TBS determined by the processing unit 122.
  • the processing unit 122 is configured to determine the first TBS as the target TBS.
  • the foregoing first part of the foregoing modulation and coding scheme field is further used to indicate that retransmission of the scheduled transmission message for performing the random access by using the candidate TBS that is less than or equal to the first TBS is allowed to be performed;
  • the processing unit 122 is configured to:
  • the foregoing first part of the foregoing modulation and coding scheme field is further used to indicate that retransmission of the scheduled transmission message of the random access by using the candidate TBS that is less than or equal to the first TBS is not allowed to be used;
  • the processing unit 122 is configured to determine the first TBS as the target TBS.
  • the foregoing modulation and coding scheme domain further includes a second partial bit
  • the second part of the bit is used to indicate that retransmission of the scheduled transmission message for performing the random access by using the candidate TBS that is less than or equal to the first TBS is allowed to be used;
  • the processing unit 122 is configured to:
  • the foregoing modulation and coding scheme domain further includes a second partial bit
  • the second part of the bit is used to indicate that retransmission of the scheduled transmission message of the random access by using the candidate TBS that is less than or equal to the first TBS is not allowed to be used;
  • the processing unit 122 is configured to determine the first TBS as the target TBS.
  • the processing unit 122 is configured to:
  • the TBS actually needed to be used is determined as the target TBS.
  • the processing unit 122 is configured to:
  • the TBS of the communication protocol specified size is determined as the target TBS.
  • the processing unit 122 is configured to:
  • the first TBS is determined as the target TBS.
  • the terminal device can perform the implementation manners performed by the terminal device in any of the embodiments shown in FIG. 5 to FIG. 8 by using the built-in units.
  • FIG. 13 is another schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device provided by the embodiment of the present application includes: a sending unit 131 and a receiving processing unit 132.
  • the sending unit 131 is configured to send, to the terminal device, the downlink control information, where the downlink control information includes a modulation and coding scheme field, where the first part of the modulation and coding scheme field is used to indicate that the first TBS of the scheduled transmission message of the random access is retransmitted.
  • the first TBS is one TBS in the candidate TBS set.
  • the receiving processing unit 132 is configured to receive, according to the foregoing first TBS, the scheduled transmission message of the random access that is resent by the terminal device.
  • the receiving processing unit 132 is configured to: perform receiving processing on the scheduled transmission message of the random access according to the foregoing first TBS.
  • the foregoing first part of the foregoing modulation and coding scheme field is further used to indicate that retransmission of the scheduled transmission message for performing the random access by using the candidate TBS that is less than or equal to the first TBS is allowed to be performed;
  • the above receiving processing unit 132 is configured to:
  • the foregoing first part of the foregoing modulation and coding scheme field is further used to indicate that retransmission of the scheduled transmission message of the random access by using the candidate TBS that is less than or equal to the first TBS is not allowed to be used;
  • the receiving processing unit 132 is configured to: perform receiving processing on the scheduled transmission message of the random access according to the first TBS.
  • the foregoing modulation and coding scheme domain further includes a second partial bit
  • the second part of the bit is used to indicate that retransmission of the scheduled transmission message for performing the random access by using the candidate TBS that is less than or equal to the first TBS is allowed to be used;
  • the above receiving processing unit 132 is configured to:
  • the foregoing modulation and coding scheme domain further includes a second partial bit
  • the second part of the bit is used to indicate that the retransmission of the scheduled transmission message is not allowed to be performed by using the candidate TBS that is less than or equal to the first TBS;
  • the receiving processing unit 132 is configured to: perform receiving processing on the scheduled transmission message of the random access according to the first TBS.
  • the network device may perform the implementation performed by the network device in any of the embodiments shown in FIG. 5 to FIG. 8 by using the built-in units.
  • the network device may perform the implementation performed by the network device in any of the embodiments shown in FIG. 5 to FIG. 8 by using the built-in units.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a computer readable storage medium, where the instructions are stored in the computer readable storage medium, and when the instruction is run on the terminal device, causing the terminal device to perform any one of the foregoing FIG. 5 to FIG.
  • the terminal device For the implementation manners of the terminal device described in the foregoing embodiments, refer to the implementation manners provided in the foregoing embodiments, and details are not described herein again.
  • An embodiment of the present application provides a computer readable storage medium, where the instructions are stored in a computer readable storage medium, and when the instruction is run on a network device, causing the network device to perform any one of the foregoing FIG. 5 to FIG.
  • the network devices described in the foregoing embodiments refer to the implementation manners provided in the foregoing embodiments, and details are not described herein again.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a computer program product comprising instructions, when the computer program product is run on the terminal device, causing the terminal device to perform any one of the foregoing FIG. 5 to FIG. 8 or described in the above embodiments.
  • the implementation of the terminal device is not limited to any one of the foregoing FIG. 5 to FIG. 8 or described in the above embodiments.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a computer program product comprising instructions, when the computer program product is run on a network device, causing the network device to perform any one of the foregoing FIG. 5 to FIG. 8 or described in the foregoing embodiments.
  • the implementation of the network device is not limited to any one of the foregoing FIG. 5 to FIG. 8 or described in the foregoing embodiments.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

The embodiments of the present application provide a method for message transmission in a random access process and a related device. The method comprises: receiving downlink control information from a network device, the downlink control information comprising a modulation and coding scheme field, a first part of bits of the modulation and coding scheme field being used to indicate a first transport block size (TBS) for resending a scheduling transmission message concerning a random access; determining a target TBS according to the first TBS above; according to the target TBS, resending to the network device the scheduling transmission message concerning the random access. With the embodiments of the present application, the efficiency of message transmission in a random access process can be improved, the delay in message transmission can be reduced, the power consumption of message transmission can be reduced, and a strong applicability can be achieved.

Description

随机接入过程中消息传输的方法及相关装置Method and related device for message transmission in random access process 技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种随机接入过程中消息传输的方法及相关装置。The present application relates to the field of communications technologies, and in particular, to a method and related apparatus for message transmission in a random access procedure.
背景技术Background technique
物联网(internet of things,IoT)是“物物相连的互联网”,它将互联网的用户端扩展到了任何物品与物品之间,在任何物品与物品之间进行信息交换和通信,这样的通信方式也称为机器间通信(machine type communications,MTC)。为了MTC应用的覆盖增强、低速率、低成本以及低能量消耗等通信需求,如何在蜂窝网络中支持极低复杂度和低成本的物联网的研究课题应运而生。移动通信标准化组织的第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd generation partnership project,3GPP)中通过了该研究课题并立项为窄带物联网(narrowband internet of things,NB-IOT)课题。The Internet of Things (IoT) is a "Internet of Things" that extends the Internet's client to any item and item, and exchanges and communicates information between any item and item. Also known as machine type communications (MTC). In order to meet the communication needs of MTC applications such as coverage enhancement, low speed, low cost and low energy consumption, research topics on how to support extremely low complexity and low cost Internet of Things in cellular networks have emerged. The research project was adopted in the 3rd generation partnership project (3GPP) of the Mobile Communications Standardization Organization and was established as the subject of narrowband internet of things (NB-IOT).
现有技术中,NB-IOT终端设备连接入网络之前,需要通过随机接入信道(random access channel,RACH)完成随机接入,在与网络侧的网络设备进行无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)信令交互以建立RRC链接。终端设备与网络设备建立RRC链接之后才会与网络设备进行业务数据通信,终端设备完成随机接入过程建立RRC链接所消耗的时间长,交互信令多,终端设备与网络设备的业务数据通信的时延较大,终端设备的功耗较高,适用性差。In the prior art, before the NB-IOT terminal device is connected to the network, random access is required through a random access channel (RACH), and radio resource control (RRC) is performed on the network device with the network side. Signaling interaction to establish an RRC link. After the terminal device establishes an RRC link with the network device, the service data communication is performed with the network device, and the terminal device completes the random access procedure to establish an RRC link, which takes a long time, and has multiple interaction signaling, and the terminal device communicates with the service data of the network device. The delay is large, the power consumption of the terminal device is high, and the applicability is poor.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请实施例提供了一种随机接入过程中消息传输的方法及相关装置,可提高随机接入过程中消息传输的效率,降低消息传输的时延,减少消息传输的功耗,适用性更强。The embodiment of the present invention provides a method and a related device for message transmission in a random access process, which can improve the efficiency of message transmission in a random access process, reduce the delay of message transmission, and reduce power consumption of message transmission, and the applicability is further improved. Strong.
第一方面,本申请实施例提供了一种随机接入过程中消息传输的方法,该方法包括:从网络设备接收下行控制信息,该下行控制信息中包括调制编码方案域,该调制编码方案域的第一部分比特用于指示重新发送随机接入的调度传输消息的第一传输块大小TBS,其中,上述第一TBS为候选TBS集合中的一个TBS;根据上述第一TBS确定目标TBS;按照上述目标TBS向所述网络设备重新发送随机接入的调度传输消息。在本申请实施例中,重传随机接入的调度传输消息所采用的TBS可基于下行控制信息中的调制编码方案域的部分比特指示的TBS确定,重传随机接入的调度传输消息所采用的TBS的确定方式更灵活。由下行控制信息中的调制编码方案域的部分比特可直接确定重传随机接入的调度传输消息的TBS,基于该TBS确定重传随机接入的调度传输消息的TBS,可提高随机接入过程中消息传输的效率和可靠性,适用性更强。In a first aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a method for message transmission in a random access process, where the method includes: receiving downlink control information from a network device, where the downlink control information includes a modulation and coding scheme domain, and the modulation and coding scheme domain The first part of the bit is used to indicate that the first transport block size TBS of the random access scheduled transmission message is retransmitted, wherein the first TBS is one TBS in the candidate TBS set; the target TBS is determined according to the first TBS; The target TBS resends the scheduled access transmission message of the random access to the network device. In the embodiment of the present application, the TBS used for retransmitting the random access scheduling transmission message may be determined according to the TBS indicated by the partial bit of the modulation and coding scheme field in the downlink control information, and the retransmission random access scheduling transmission message is adopted. The TBS is determined in a more flexible manner. The TBS of the retransmission random access scheduling transmission message may be directly determined by the partial bits of the modulation and coding scheme field in the downlink control information, and the TBS of the retransmission random access scheduling transmission message is determined based on the TBS, thereby improving the random access procedure. The efficiency and reliability of message transmission are more applicable.
在一种可能的实施方式中,上述第一部分比特位于上述调制编码方案域的低比特位。In a possible implementation manner, the first partial bit is located in a low bit of the modulation coding scheme field.
在一种可能的实施方式中,上述第一部分比特位于上述调制编码方案域的高比特位。In a possible implementation manner, the first partial bit is located in a high bit of the modulation coding scheme field.
在一种可能的实施方式中,上述调制编码方案域中除第一部分比特位之外的比特位填充为固定比特值。In a possible implementation manner, the bits other than the first partial bits in the above modulation and coding scheme field are filled with fixed bit values.
在本申请实施例中,下行控制信息的调制编码方案域中用于指示第一TBS的部分比特的选择方式灵活,适用性更强。In the embodiment of the present application, the selection mode of the partial bit used to indicate the first TBS in the modulation and coding scheme field of the downlink control information is flexible, and the applicability is stronger.
在一种可能的实施方式中,上述根据上述第一TBS确定目标TBS包括将上述第一TBS确定为目标TBS。操作简单,消息传输效率高。In a possible implementation manner, the determining the target TBS according to the foregoing first TBS includes determining the foregoing first TBS as the target TBS. The operation is simple and the message transmission efficiency is high.
在一种可能的实施方式中,上述调制编码方案域的第一部分比特还用于指示允许使用小于或者等于上述第一TBS的候选TBS进行随机接入的调度传输消息的重新发送。上述根据上述第一TBS确定目标TBS包括从上述候选TBS集合中选择小于或者等于上述第一TBS的一个候选TBS,将选择的候选TBS确定为目标TBS。随机接入的调度传输消息重传所采用的TBS的选择方式更灵活,终端设备可以选择与上行业务数据最接近的TBS,避免资源浪费,可以降低上行传输的功耗。In a possible implementation manner, the first part of the foregoing modulation and coding scheme field is further used to indicate that retransmission of a scheduled transmission message for performing random access using a candidate TBS that is less than or equal to the first TBS is allowed to be used. The determining the target TBS according to the foregoing first TBS includes selecting one candidate TBS that is less than or equal to the first TBS from the candidate TBS set, and determining the selected candidate TBS as the target TBS. The selection method of the TBS used for the retransmission of the random access scheduling message is more flexible. The terminal device can select the TBS that is closest to the uplink service data, avoiding waste of resources, and reducing the power consumption of the uplink transmission.
在一种可能的实施方式中,上述调制编码方案域的第一部分比特还用于指示不允许使用小于或者等于上述第一TBS的候选TBS进行随机接入的调度传输消息的重新发送。上述根据上述第一TBS确定目标TBS包括将上述第一TBS确定为目标TBS。随机接入的调度传输消息重传所采用的TBS的确定方式更简单,从而可避免调度传输消息接收时的不必要盲检,节省资源。In a possible implementation manner, the first part of the foregoing modulation and coding scheme field is further used to indicate that retransmission of a scheduled transmission message that is less than or equal to the candidate TBS of the first TBS for random access is not allowed. The determining the target TBS according to the first TBS described above includes determining the first TBS as the target TBS. The method for determining the TBS used for retransmission of the scheduled transmission message of the random access is simpler, thereby avoiding unnecessary blind detection when scheduling the transmission of the message and saving resources.
在本申请实施例中,通过下行控制信息中的调制编码方案域的部分比特可联合指示重传随机接入的调度传输消息所允许使用的第一TBS,还可指示是否允许使用小于所允许使用的第一TBS的其他TBS进行消息发送,增加了重传随机接入的调度传输消息所使用的TBS的选择方式多样性,可提高随机接入过程中上行业务数据的传输效率。In the embodiment of the present application, part of the bits of the modulation and coding scheme field in the downlink control information may jointly indicate the first TBS allowed to be used for retransmitting the scheduled transmission message of the random access, and may also indicate whether the allowed use is less than the allowed use. The other TBSs of the first TBS perform message transmission, which increases the diversity of the selection manner of the TBS used for retransmitting the random access scheduled transmission message, and improves the transmission efficiency of the uplink service data in the random access process.
在一种可能的实施方式中,上述调制编码方案域还包括第二部分比特,上述第二部分比特用于指示允许使用小于或者等于上述第一TBS的候选TBS进行随机接入的调度传输消息的重新发送。上述根据所述第一TBS确定目标TBS包括从上述候选TBS集合中选择小于或者等于上述第一TBS的一个候选TBS,将选择的候选TBS确定为目标TBS。In a possible implementation manner, the foregoing modulation and coding scheme domain further includes a second partial bit, where the second partial bit is used to indicate that a scheduled transmission message that is less than or equal to the candidate TBS of the first TBS is used for random access. Resend. The determining the target TBS according to the first TBS includes selecting one candidate TBS that is less than or equal to the first TBS from the candidate TBS set, and determining the selected candidate TBS as the target TBS.
在一种可能的实施方式中,上述调制编码方案域还包括第二部分比特;第二部分比特用于指示不允许使用小于或者等于上述第一TBS的候选TBS进行随机接入的调度传输消息的重新发送。上述根据上述第一TBS确定目标TBS包括将上述第一TBS确定为目标TBS。In a possible implementation manner, the foregoing modulation and coding scheme field further includes a second partial bit, where the second partial bit is used to indicate that the scheduled transmission message that is less than or equal to the candidate TBS of the first TBS for random access is not allowed to be used. Resend. The determining the target TBS according to the first TBS described above includes determining the first TBS as the target TBS.
在本申请实施例中,通过下行控制信息中的调制编码方案域的第一部分比特可指示重传随机接入的调度传输消息所允许使用的第一TBS,第二部分比特可指示是否允许使用小于所允许使用的第一TBS的其他TBS进行消息发送,增加了重传随机接入的调度传输消息所允许使用的TBS的指示方式的多样性,从而也增加了重传随机接入的调度传输消息所使用的TBS的选择方式多样性,可提高随机接入过程中上行业务数据的传输效率。In the embodiment of the present application, the first part of the bits of the modulation and coding scheme field in the downlink control information may indicate the first TBS that is allowed to be used for retransmitting the scheduled transmission message of the random access, and the second part of the bit may indicate whether the use is allowed to be less than The other TBSs of the first TBS that are allowed to use the message transmission, which increases the diversity of the indication manner of the TBS that is allowed to be used for retransmitting the random access scheduling transmission message, thereby also increasing the scheduling transmission message of the retransmission random access. The diversity of selection methods of the used TBS can improve the transmission efficiency of uplink service data in the random access process.
在一种可能的实施方式中,从网络设备接收下行控制信息之前,接收网络设备发送的系统消息,上述系统消息中包含配置信息,上述配置信息用于指示是否允许使用小于或者等于上述第一TBS的候选TBS进行随机接入的调度传输消息的重新发送。In a possible implementation, before receiving the downlink control information from the network device, receiving the system message sent by the network device, where the system message includes configuration information, where the configuration information is used to indicate whether the use of the first TBS is less than or equal to the first TBS. The candidate TBS performs retransmission of the scheduled transmission message for random access.
在一种可能的实施方式中,当上述配置信息用于指示允许使用小于或者等于上述第一TBS的候选TBS进行随机接入的调度传输消息的重新发送时,上述根据上述第一TBS确定目标TBS包括从上述候选TBS集合中选择小于或者等于上述第一TBS的一个候选TBS,将选择的候选TBS确定为目标TBS。In a possible implementation manner, when the foregoing configuration information is used to indicate that retransmission of a scheduled transmission message that is less than or equal to the candidate TBS of the first TBS for random access is allowed, the target TBS is determined according to the foregoing first TBS. And selecting one candidate TBS that is less than or equal to the first TBS from the candidate TBS set, and determining the selected candidate TBS as the target TBS.
在一种可能的实施方式中,当上述配置信息用于指示不允许使用小于或者等于上述第一TBS的候选TBS进行随机接入的调度传输消息的重新发送时,上述根据上述第一TBS确定目标TBS包括将上述第一TBS确定为目标TBS。In a possible implementation manner, when the foregoing configuration information is used to indicate that retransmission of a scheduled transmission message that is less than or equal to the candidate TBS of the first TBS for random access is not allowed, the foregoing determining the target according to the foregoing first TBS The TBS includes determining the first TBS described above as a target TBS.
在本申请实施例中,通过系统消息中的配置信息可指示是否允许使用小于所允许使用的第一TBS的其他TBS进行消息发送,可以节省下行控制信息信令开销,增加了重传随机接入的调度传输消息所允许使用的TBS的指示方式的多样性,从而也增加了重传随机接入的调度传输消息所使用的TBS的选择方式多样性,适用范围更广。In the embodiment of the present application, the configuration information in the system message may indicate whether to allow other TBSs that are smaller than the allowed first TBS to perform message transmission, which may save downlink control information signaling overhead and increase retransmission random access. The diversity of the indication manner of the TBS allowed by the scheduling transmission message, thereby increasing the diversity of the selection manner of the TBS used for retransmitting the random access scheduling transmission message, and the scope of application is wider.
在一种可能的实施方式中,当上述第一TBS大于或者等于实际需要采用的TBS时,可将实际需要采用的TBS确定为目标TBS。这里,上述实际需要采用的TBS可为初次向网络设备发送随机接入的调度传输消息所采用的TBS。In a possible implementation manner, when the first TBS is greater than or equal to the TBS actually needed to be used, the TBS actually needed to be used may be determined as the target TBS. Here, the TBS actually required to be used may be a TBS used for initially transmitting a random access scheduled transmission message to the network device.
在一种可能的实施方式中,当上述第一TBS小于实际需要采用的TBS时,可将通信协议规定大小的TBS确定为目标TBS。In a possible implementation manner, when the first TBS is smaller than the TBS actually required to be used, the TBS of the communication protocol specified size may be determined as the target TBS.
在一种可能的实施方式中,当上述第一TBS小于实际需要采用的TBS时,可将上述第一TBS确定为目标TBS。In a possible implementation manner, when the first TBS is smaller than the TBS actually needed to be used, the first TBS may be determined as the target TBS.
在本申请实施例中,随机接入过程中可根据网络设备所指示的第一TBS以及实际需要采用的TBS确定重传随机接入的调度传输消息的TBS,从而可保证随机接入的调度传输消息的传输可靠性。In the embodiment of the present application, the TBS of the retransmission random access scheduling transmission message may be determined according to the first TBS indicated by the network device and the TBS actually required to be used in the random access process, thereby ensuring scheduled transmission of random access. The reliability of the transmission of the message.
第二方面,本申请实施例提供了一种随机接入过程中消息传输的方法,该方法包括:从网络设备接收下行控制信息,上述下行控制信息用于指示重新发送随机接入的调度传输消息的第一传输块大小TBS。根据上述第一TBS确定目标TBS;按照上述目标TBS向网络设备重新发送随机接入的调度传输消息。In a second aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a method for message transmission in a random access process, where the method includes: receiving downlink control information from a network device, where the downlink control information is used to indicate resending a scheduled transmission message of a random access. The first transport block size is TBS. Determining a target TBS according to the foregoing first TBS; resending a scheduled access transmission message of the random access to the network device according to the foregoing target TBS.
在一种可能的实施方式中,当上述第一TBS大于或者等于实际需要采用的TBS时,可将实际需要采用的TBS确定为目标TBS。In a possible implementation manner, when the first TBS is greater than or equal to the TBS actually needed to be used, the TBS actually needed to be used may be determined as the target TBS.
在一种可能的实施方式中,当上述第一TBS小于实际需要采用的TBS时,可将通信协议规定大小的TBS确定为目标TBS。In a possible implementation manner, when the first TBS is smaller than the TBS actually required to be used, the TBS of the communication protocol specified size may be determined as the target TBS.
在一种可能的实施方式中,当上述第一TBS小于实际需要采用的TBS时,可将上述第一TBS确定为目标TBS。In a possible implementation manner, when the first TBS is smaller than the TBS actually needed to be used, the first TBS may be determined as the target TBS.
在本申请实施例中,随机接入过程中可根据网络设备所指示的第一TBS以及实际需要采用的TBS确定重传随机接入的调度传输消息的TBS,从而可保证随机接入的调度传输消息的传输可靠性。In the embodiment of the present application, the TBS of the retransmission random access scheduling transmission message may be determined according to the first TBS indicated by the network device and the TBS actually required to be used in the random access process, thereby ensuring scheduled transmission of random access. The reliability of the transmission of the message.
第三方面,本申请实施例提供了一种随机接入过程中消息传输的方法,该方法包括:从网络设备接收下行控制信息,上述下行控制信息用于指示重新发送随机接入的调度传输消息的第二传输块大小TBS。根据上述第二TBS确定第一TBS,并根据上述第一TBS确定目标TBS;按照上述目标TBS向网络设备重新发送随机接入的调度传输消息。In a third aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a method for message transmission in a random access process, where the method includes: receiving downlink control information from a network device, where the downlink control information is used to indicate resending a scheduled transmission message of a random access. The second transport block size is TBS. Determining a first TBS according to the foregoing second TBS, and determining a target TBS according to the foregoing first TBS; and resending a scheduled access transmission message of the random access to the network device according to the target TBS.
在一种可能的实施方式中,根据上述第二TBS确定第一TBS包括终端设备根据上述第二TBS从候选TBS集合中选择与上述第二TBS数值最接近的候选TBS,或者从候选TBS集合中选择与上述第二TBS数值最接近的且大于上述第二TBS的候选TBS,或者从候选TBS集合中选择与上述第二TBS数值最接近的且小于上述第二TBS的候选TBS。将选择的候选 TBS作为第一TBS。In a possible implementation manner, determining, according to the foregoing second TBS, that the first TBS includes, by the terminal device, selecting a candidate TBS that is closest to the second TBS value from the candidate TBS set according to the second TBS, or from the candidate TBS set. Selecting a candidate TBS that is closest to the second TBS value and larger than the second TBS, or selects a candidate TBS that is closest to the second TBS value and smaller than the second TBS from the candidate TBS set. The selected candidate TBS is taken as the first TBS.
在一种可能的实施方式中,当上述第一TBS大于或者等于实际需要采用的TBS时,可将实际需要采用的TBS确定为目标TBS。In a possible implementation manner, when the first TBS is greater than or equal to the TBS actually needed to be used, the TBS actually needed to be used may be determined as the target TBS.
在一种可能的实施方式中,当上述第一TBS小于实际需要采用的TBS时,可将通信协议规定大小的TBS确定为目标TBS。In a possible implementation manner, when the first TBS is smaller than the TBS actually required to be used, the TBS of the communication protocol specified size may be determined as the target TBS.
在一种可能的实施方式中,当上述第一TBS小于实际需要采用的TBS时,可将上述第一TBS确定为目标TBS。In a possible implementation manner, when the first TBS is smaller than the TBS actually needed to be used, the first TBS may be determined as the target TBS.
在本申请实施例中,随机接入过程中可根据网络设备所指示的第二TBS确定第一TBS,根据第一TBS以及实际需要采用的TBS确定重传随机接入的调度传输消息的TBS,从而可保证随机接入的调度传输消息的传输可靠性。In the embodiment of the present application, the first TBS may be determined according to the second TBS indicated by the network device in the random access process, and the TBS of the retransmitted random access scheduled transmission message is determined according to the first TBS and the TBS actually needed to be used. Thereby, the transmission reliability of the scheduled transmission message of the random access can be guaranteed.
第四方面,本申请实施例提供了一种随机接入过程中消息传输的方法,该方法包括:接收网络设备广播的系统消息,根据上述系统消息确定允许使用的最大传输块大小TBS;从上述网络设备接收下行控制信息,上述下行控制信息中包括调制编码方案域,上述调制编码方案域的部分比特用于指示是否允许使用小于或者等于上述最大TBS的候选TBS进行随机接入的调度传输消息的重新发送。根据上述最大TBS和所述调制编码方案域的部分比特的指示确定目标TBS;按照上述目标TBS向上述网络设备重新发送随机接入的调度传输消息。在本申请实施例中,通过下行控制信息中的调制编码方案域的部分比特可直接指示终端设备重传随机接入的调度传输消息是否允许使用小于上述系统消息所广播的最大TBS的某个TBS进行消息发送,而不需要指示允许使用的第一TBS,增加了终端设备重传随机接入的调度传输消息所使用的TBS的选择方式多样性,同时也可节省占用调制编码方案域的比特,节省资源。In a fourth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a method for message transmission in a random access process, where the method includes: receiving a system message broadcasted by a network device, and determining, according to the system message, a maximum transport block size TBS that is allowed to be used; The network device receives the downlink control information, where the downlink control information includes a modulation and coding scheme field, where a part of the bits of the modulation and coding scheme field is used to indicate whether to allow a scheduled transmission message that is less than or equal to the candidate TBS of the maximum TBS to perform random access. Resend. Determining a target TBS according to the indication of the maximum TBS and the partial bits of the modulation and coding scheme field; and resending the scheduled access transmission message of the random access to the network device according to the target TBS. In the embodiment of the present application, a part of the bits of the modulation and coding scheme field in the downlink control information may directly indicate whether the terminal device retransmits the randomly scheduled scheduling transmission message to allow use of a certain TBS that is smaller than the maximum TBS broadcast by the system message. The message transmission is performed without indicating the first TBS that is allowed to be used, and the diversity of the selection manner of the TBS used by the terminal device to retransmit the scheduled transmission message of the random access is increased, and the bits occupying the modulation and coding scheme field are also saved. save resources.
在一种可能的实施方式中,当上述部分比特指示不允许使用小于或者等于上述最大TBS的候选TBS进行调度传输消息的重新发送时,可将上述最大TBS确定为目标TBS。In a possible implementation manner, when the partial bit indicates that the candidate TBS less than or equal to the maximum TBS is not allowed to perform retransmission of the scheduled transmission message, the maximum TBS may be determined as the target TBS.
在一种可能的实施方式中,当上述部分比特指示允许使用小于或者等于上述最大TBS的候选TBS进行调度传输消息的重新发送时,可根据上述最大TBS的大小确定候选TBS集合,其中,上述候选TBS集合中包括至少一个候选TBS。从上述候选TBS集合中选择小于或者等于上述最大TBS的一个候选TBS,将选择的候选TBS确定为目标TBS。In a possible implementation manner, when the foregoing partial bit indicates that the candidate TBS that is less than or equal to the maximum TBS is allowed to perform retransmission of the scheduled transmission message, the candidate TBS set may be determined according to the size of the maximum TBS, where the candidate is At least one candidate TBS is included in the TBS set. A candidate TBS less than or equal to the maximum TBS is selected from the candidate TBS sets, and the selected candidate TBS is determined as the target TBS.
第五方面,本申请实施例提供了一种随机接入过程中消息传输的方法,该方法包括:从网络设备接收下行控制信息;在上述终端设备重新发送随机接入的调度传输消息之前,解读上述下行控制信息中除了调制编码方案域之外的各个域。根据解读得到的各个域的调度信息和目标传输块大小TBS,向上述网络设备重新发送随机接入的调度传输消息,上述目标TBS为初次向上述网络设备发送随机接入的调度传输消息所采用的TBS。In a fifth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a method for message transmission in a random access process, where the method includes: receiving downlink control information from a network device; and interpreting the terminal device before resending the scheduled transmission message of the random access Each of the above downlink control information except the modulation coding scheme domain. Resending the scheduled transmission message of the random access to the network device according to the scheduling information of each domain and the target transmission block size TBS, where the target TBS is used for transmitting the scheduled transmission message of the random access to the network device for the first time. TBS.
在一种可能的实施方式中,上述候选TBS集合由上述网络设备通过系统消息指示的允许使用的最大TBS确定;In a possible implementation manner, the foregoing candidate TBS set is determined by the network device by using the maximum allowed TBS indicated by the system message;
其中,上述候选TBS集合中各候选TBS的大小小于或者等于所述最大TBS的大小。The size of each candidate TBS in the candidate TBS set is less than or equal to the size of the maximum TBS.
在一种可能的实施方式中,上述候选TBS集合由上述网络设备通过系统消息指示的允许使用的最大TBS和候选TBS的数量N确定;In a possible implementation manner, the foregoing candidate TBS set is determined by the network device by using the maximum TBS and the number of candidate TBSs that are allowed to be indicated by the system message;
其中,上述候选TBS集合中包括N个候选TBS,且上述N个候选TBS中各候选TBS的 大小小于或者等于上述最大TBS的大小。The candidate TBS set includes N candidate TBSs, and the size of each candidate TBS in the N candidate TBSs is less than or equal to the size of the maximum TBS.
在本申请实施例中,在终端设备重新发送随机接入的调度传输消息之前,可解读下行控制信息中除了调制编译方案域之外的各个域,即可以不对DCI中的调制编码方案域的调度信息进行解读,从而节省在随机接入过程中传输数据的信令开销,可提高随机接入过程中传输数据的效率和可靠性,适用性更强。In the embodiment of the present application, before the terminal device resends the scheduled transmission message of the random access, each domain except the modulation and coding scheme field in the downlink control information may be interpret, that is, the scheduling of the modulation and coding scheme domain in the DCI may not be performed. The information is interpreted, thereby saving the signaling overhead of transmitting data in the random access process, improving the efficiency and reliability of data transmission during the random access process, and being more applicable.
第六方面,本申请实施例提供了一种随机接入过程中消息传输的方法,该方法包括:从网络设备接收下行控制信息,上述下行控制信息中包括调制编码方案域,上述调制编码方案域的部分比特用于指示重新发送调度传输消息允许使用的第一传输块大小TBS。若上述第一TBS小于实际需要采用的TBS,则重新发起随机接入或者等待随机接入的竞争解决定时超时之后重新发起随机接入。在本申请实施例中,随机接入的调度传输消息的重新发送可根据实际需要采用的TBS确定是否执行,从而可保证消息传输的可靠性,适用性更强。In a sixth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a method for message transmission in a random access process, where the method includes: receiving downlink control information from a network device, where the downlink control information includes a modulation and coding scheme domain, and the modulation and coding scheme domain. The partial bits are used to indicate the first transport block size TBS that is allowed to be used for resending the scheduled transmission message. If the first TBS is smaller than the actual TBS to be used, the random access is re-initiated after the random access is re-initiated or the contention timing of the random access is timed out. In the embodiment of the present application, the retransmission of the scheduled transmission message of the random access may be determined according to the TBS actually used, so that the reliability of the message transmission is ensured, and the applicability is stronger.
第七方面,本申请实施例提供了一种随机接入过程中消息传输的方法,该方法包括:向终端设备发送下行控制信息,上述下行控制信息中包括调制编码方案域,上述调制编码方案域的第一部分比特用于指示重新发送随机接入的调度传输消息的第一传输块大小TBS,上述第一TBS为候选TBS集合中的一个TBS;根据上述第一TBS接收上述终端设备重新发送的上述随机接入的调度传输消息。In a seventh aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a method for transmitting a message in a random access process, where the method includes: sending downlink control information to a terminal device, where the downlink control information includes a modulation and coding scheme domain, and the modulation and coding scheme domain. The first part of the bit is used to indicate that the first transport block size TBS of the random access scheduled transmission message is retransmitted, the first TBS is one TBS in the candidate TBS set; and the foregoing first TBS receives the foregoing retransmission of the terminal equipment according to the foregoing Random access scheduling transmission messages.
在一种可能的实施方式中,上述根据上述第一TBS接收上述终端设备重新发送的上述随机接入的调度传输消息包括:按照上述第一TBS对上述随机接入的调度传输消息进行接收处理。在本申请实施例中,重传随机接入的调度传输消息所采用的TBS可基于下行控制信息中的调制编码方案域的部分比特指示,可避免随机接入的调度传输消息接收时所进行的不必要的盲检测,可提高随机接入过程中消息传输的效率和可靠性,适用性更强。In a possible implementation, the receiving, by the first TBS, the scheduled transmission message of the random access that is retransmitted by the terminal device according to the foregoing, the receiving, by the first TBS, receiving, by using the first TBS, the scheduled transmission message of the random access. In the embodiment of the present application, the TBS used for retransmitting the random access scheduling transmission message may be based on a partial bit indication of the modulation and coding scheme field in the downlink control information, and may prevent the random access scheduled transmission message from being received. Unnecessary blind detection can improve the efficiency and reliability of message transmission in the random access process, and the applicability is stronger.
在一种可能的实施方式中,上述调制编码方案域的上述第一部分比特还用于指示允许使用小于或者等于上述第一TBS的候选TBS进行上述随机接入的调度传输消息的重新发送。上述根据上述第一TBS接收上述终端设备重新发送的上述随机接入的调度传输消息包括:将上述候选TBS集合中小于或者等于上述第一TBS的一个或者多个候选TBS确定为调度传输消息的盲检测TBS集合,并按照上述一个或者多个候选TBS对上述随机接入的调度传输消息进行接收处理。In a possible implementation, the foregoing first part of the foregoing modulation and coding scheme field is further used to indicate that retransmission of the scheduled transmission message of the random access is allowed to be performed by using a candidate TBS that is less than or equal to the first TBS. The scheduling transmission message of the random access that is retransmitted by the terminal device according to the foregoing first TBS includes: determining, by the first candidate TBS set, one or more candidate TBSs that are less than or equal to the first TBS as a scheduled transmission message. The TBS set is detected, and the scheduled transmission message of the random access is received and processed according to the one or more candidate TBSs.
在一种可能的实施方式中,上述调制编码方案域的上述第一部分比特还用于指示不允许使用小于或者等于上述第一TBS的候选TBS进行上述随机接入的调度传输消息的重新发送。上述根据上述第一TBS接收上述终端设备重新发送的上述随机接入的调度传输消息包括:按照上述第一TBS对上述随机接入的调度传输消息进行接收处理。In a possible implementation, the foregoing first part of the foregoing modulation and coding scheme field is further used to indicate that retransmission of the scheduled transmission message of the random access by using the candidate TBS that is less than or equal to the first TBS is not allowed. The receiving, according to the foregoing first TBS, the scheduled transmission message of the random access retransmitted by the terminal device, includes: receiving, according to the first TBS, the scheduled transmission message of the random access.
在本申请实施例中,通过下行控制信息中的调制编码方案域的部分比特可联合指示重传随机接入的调度传输消息所允许使用的第一TBS,还可指示是否允许使用小于所允许使用的第一TBS的其他TBS进行消息发送,增加了重传随机接入的调度传输消息所使用的TBS的选择方式多样性,可提高随机接入过程中上行业务数据的传输效率。In the embodiment of the present application, part of the bits of the modulation and coding scheme field in the downlink control information may jointly indicate the first TBS allowed to be used for retransmitting the scheduled transmission message of the random access, and may also indicate whether the allowed use is less than the allowed use. The other TBSs of the first TBS perform message transmission, which increases the diversity of the selection manner of the TBS used for retransmitting the random access scheduled transmission message, and improves the transmission efficiency of the uplink service data in the random access process.
在一种可能的实施方式中,上述调制编码方案域还包括第二部分比特;上述第二部分比特用于指示允许使用小于或者等于上述第一TBS的候选TBS进行上述随机接入的调度传输消息的重新发送。上述根据上述第一TBS接收上述终端设备重新发送的上述随机接入的 调度传输消息包括:将上述候选TBS集合中小于或者等于上述第一TBS的一个或者多个候选TBS确定为调度传输消息的盲检测TBS集合,并按照上述一个或者多个候选TBS对上述随机接入的调度传输消息进行接收处理。In a possible implementation, the foregoing modulation and coding scheme field further includes a second partial bit, where the second partial bit is used to indicate that the scheduled transmission message of the random access is allowed to be used by using the candidate TBS that is less than or equal to the first TBS. Resend. The scheduling transmission message of the random access that is retransmitted by the terminal device according to the foregoing first TBS includes: determining, by the first candidate TBS set, one or more candidate TBSs that are less than or equal to the first TBS as a scheduled transmission message. The TBS set is detected, and the scheduled transmission message of the random access is received and processed according to the one or more candidate TBSs.
在一种可能的实施方式中,上述调制编码方案域还包括第二部分比特;上述第二部分比特用于指示不允许使用小于或者等于上述第一TBS的候选TBS进行调度传输消息的重新发送。上述根据上述第一TBS接收上述终端设备重新发送的上述随机接入的调度传输消息包括:按照上述第一TBS对上述随机接入的调度传输消息进行接收处理。In a possible implementation manner, the foregoing modulation and coding scheme field further includes a second partial bit, where the second partial bit is used to indicate that retransmission of the scheduled transmission message by using the candidate TBS that is less than or equal to the first TBS is not allowed. The receiving, according to the foregoing first TBS, the scheduled transmission message of the random access retransmitted by the terminal device, includes: receiving, according to the first TBS, the scheduled transmission message of the random access.
在本申请实施例中,通过下行控制信息中的调制编码方案域的第一部分比特可指示重传随机接入的调度传输消息所允许使用的第一TBS,第二部分比特可指示是否允许使用小于所允许使用的第一TBS的其他TBS进行消息发送,增加了重传随机接入的调度传输消息所允许使用的TBS的指示方式的多样性,从而也增加了重传随机接入的调度传输消息所使用的TBS的选择方式多样性,可提高随机接入过程中上行业务数据的传输效率。In the embodiment of the present application, the first part of the bits of the modulation and coding scheme field in the downlink control information may indicate the first TBS that is allowed to be used for retransmitting the scheduled transmission message of the random access, and the second part of the bit may indicate whether the use is allowed to be less than The other TBSs of the first TBS that are allowed to use the message transmission, which increases the diversity of the indication manner of the TBS that is allowed to be used for retransmitting the random access scheduling transmission message, thereby also increasing the scheduling transmission message of the retransmission random access. The diversity of selection methods of the used TBS can improve the transmission efficiency of uplink service data in the random access process.
第八方面,本申请实施例提供了一种随机接入过程中消息传输的方法,该方法包括:向终端设备广播系统消息,上述系统消息用于指示终端设备重新发送随机接入的调度传输消息所允许使用的最大传输块大小TBS。向上述终端设备发送下行控制信息,上述下行控制信息中包括调制编码方案域,上述调制编码方案域的部分比特用于指示是否允许使用小于或者等于上述最大TBS的候选TBS进行上述随机接入的调度传输消息的重新发送;基于上述部分比特的指示和上述最大TBS接收上述终端设备重新发送的上述随机接入的调度传输消息。In an eighth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a method for message transmission in a random access process, where the method includes: broadcasting a system message to a terminal device, where the system message is used to instruct the terminal device to resend the scheduled transmission message of the random access. The maximum transport block size TBS allowed. Transmitting the downlink control information to the terminal device, where the downlink control information includes a modulation and coding scheme field, where a part of the bits of the modulation and coding scheme field is used to indicate whether to allow scheduling of the random access by using a candidate TBS that is less than or equal to the maximum TBS. Retransmission of the transport message; receiving, according to the indication of the partial bit and the maximum TBS, the scheduled transmission message of the random access retransmitted by the terminal device.
在一种可能的实施方式中,上述部分比特用于指示不允许使用小于或者等于上述最大TBS的候选TBS进行上述随机接入的调度传输消息的重新发送。上述基于上述部分比特的指示和上述最大TBS接收上述终端设备重新发送的上述随机接入的调度传输消息包括:按照上述最大TBS对上述所述随机接入的调度传输消息进行接收处理。In a possible implementation manner, the foregoing partial bits are used to indicate that retransmission of the scheduled transmission message of the random access by using the candidate TBS that is less than or equal to the maximum TBS is not allowed. And the foregoing scheduling, based on the indication of the partial bit and the receiving, by the maximum TBS, the scheduled transmission message of the random access retransmitted by the terminal device, to perform receiving processing on the scheduled transmission message of the random access according to the maximum TBS.
在一种可能的实施方式中,上述部分比特用于指示允许使用小于或者等于上述最大TBS的候选TBS进行上述随机接入的调度传输消息的重新发送。上述基于上述部分比特的指示和上述最大TBS接收上述终端设备重新发送的上述随机接入的调度传输消息包括:将上述最大TBS对应的候选TBS集合确定为上述随机接入的调度传输消息的盲检测TBS集合,并按照上述候选TBS集合中的候选TBS对上述随机接入的调度传输消息进行接收处理。In a possible implementation manner, the foregoing partial bits are used to indicate that retransmission of the scheduled transmission message of the random access is allowed to be performed by using the candidate TBS that is less than or equal to the maximum TBS. And the scheduling transmission message of the random access that is retransmitted by the terminal device by the foregoing maximum TBS, and the determining, by the foregoing maximum TBS, the candidate TBS set corresponding to the maximum TBS as the blind detection of the scheduled transmission message of the random access. The TBS is set, and the scheduled transmission message of the random access is received according to the candidate TBS in the candidate TBS set.
第九方面,本申请实施例提供了一种终端设备,该终端设备包括用于执行上述第一方面至第五方面中的任一方面和/或任一方面中任意一种可能的实现方式,所提供的随机过程中消息传输的方法单元和/或模块,因此也能实现第一方面至第五方面中的任一方面提供的随机过程中消息传输的方法所具备的有益效果(或者优点)。The ninth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a terminal device, where the terminal device includes any possible implementation manner of any one of the foregoing first to fifth aspects, and/or any one of the aspects, The method unit and/or module of the message transmission in the provided random process, and thus the beneficial effects (or advantages) of the method for message transmission in the random process provided by any of the first to fifth aspects can be achieved. .
第十方面,本申请实施例提供了一种网络设备,该网络设备包括用于执行上述第六方面至第七方面中的任一方面和/或任一方面中任意一种可能的实现方式所提供的随机过程中消息传输的方法单元和/或模块,因此也能实现第六方面或者第七方面提供的随机过程中消息传输的方法所具备的有益效果(或者优点)。In a tenth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a network device, where the network device includes any possible implementation manner of any one of the sixth aspect to the seventh aspect, and/or any one of the foregoing aspects. The method unit and/or module for message transmission in a random process is provided, and thus the beneficial effects (or advantages) of the method for message transmission in the random process provided by the sixth aspect or the seventh aspect can be achieved.
第十一方面,本申请实施例提供了一种终端设备,该终端设备包括存储器、收发器和处理器;其中,该存储器、收发器和处理器通过通信总线连接。该存储器用于存储一组程 序代码,该收发器和处理器用于调用该存储器中存储的程序代码执行上述第一方面至第五方面中的任一方面和/或任一方面中任意一种可能的实现方式,所提供的随机过程中消息传输的方法,因此也能实现第一方面至第五方面中任一方面提供的随机过程中消息传输的方法所具备的有益效果。In an eleventh aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a terminal device, where the terminal device includes a memory, a transceiver, and a processor; wherein the memory, the transceiver, and the processor are connected by using a communication bus. The memory is for storing a set of program code, the transceiver and the processor for calling the program code stored in the memory to perform any one of the first to fifth aspects and/or any one of the above aspects The implementation method, the method for message transmission in the random process provided, can also achieve the beneficial effects of the method for message transmission in the random process provided by any one of the first aspect to the fifth aspect.
第十二方面,本申请实施例提供了一种网络设备,该网络设备包括存储器和收发处理器;其中,该存储器和收发处理器通过通信总线连接。该存储器用于存储一组程序代码,该收发处理器用于调用该存储器中存储的程序代码执行上述第六方面至第七方面中的任一方面和/或任一方面中任意一种可能的实现方式所提供的随机过程中消息传输的方法,因此也能实现第六方面或者第七方面提供的随机过程中消息传输的方法所具备的有益效果。In a twelfth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a network device, where the network device includes a memory and a transceiver processor; wherein the memory and the transceiver processor are connected by using a communication bus. The memory is for storing a set of program code, the transceiver processor for calling the program code stored in the memory to perform any one of the sixth aspect to the seventh aspect and/or any one of the possible implementations The method for message transmission in a random process provided by the method can also achieve the beneficial effects of the method for message transmission in the random process provided by the sixth aspect or the seventh aspect.
第十三方面,本申请实施例提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当该指令在终端设备上运行时,使得终端设备执行上述第一方面至第五方面中的任一方面和/或任一方面的任意一种可能的实现方式,所提供的随机过程中消息传输的方法,也能实现第一方面至第五方面中任一方面所提供的随机过程中消息传输的方法所具备的有益效果。In a thirteenth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a computer readable storage medium, where the computer readable storage medium stores an instruction, when the instruction is run on the terminal device, causing the terminal device to perform the first aspect to the first Any of the five aspects and/or any one of the possible implementations of any of the aspects, the method for transmitting a message in a random process, or the method of any of the first aspect to the fifth aspect The beneficial effects of the method of message transmission in a random process.
第十四方面,本申请实施例提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当该指令在网络设备上运行时,使得网络设备执行上述第六方面至第七方面中的任一方面和/或任一方面中任意一种可能的实现方式所提供的随机过程中消息传输的方法,也能实现第六方面或者第七方面提供的随机过程中消息传输的方法所具备的有益效果。In a fourteenth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a computer readable storage medium, where the computer readable storage medium stores an instruction, when the instruction is run on a network device, causing the network device to perform the sixth aspect to the foregoing The method for transmitting a message in a random process provided by any one of the seven aspects and/or any one of the possible implementations of any of the aspects can also implement the message transmission in the random process provided by the sixth aspect or the seventh aspect The beneficial effects of the method.
第十五方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信装置,该通信装置可以是一块芯片或多块协同工作的芯片,该通信装置中包括与通信装置(例如芯片)耦合的输入设备,用于执行本申请实施例第一方面至第五方面中的任一方面和/或任一方面的任意一种可能的实现方式提供的技术方案。应理解,这里“耦合”是指两个部件彼此直接或间接地结合。这种结合可以是固定的或可移动性的,这种结合可以允许流动液、电、电信号或其它类型信号在两个部件之间通信。In a fifteenth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which may be a chip or a plurality of chips working in cooperation, and the communication device includes an input device coupled to a communication device (eg, a chip) for The technical solution provided by any one of the first aspect to the fifth aspect, and/or any one of the possible implementation manners of any one of the embodiments. It should be understood that "coupled" herein means that two components are combined directly or indirectly with each other. This combination may be fixed or movable, which may allow for the transfer of fluid, electrical, electrical or other types of signals between the two components.
第十六方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信装置,该通信装置可以是一块芯片或多块协同工作的芯片,该通信装置中包括与通信装置(例如芯片)耦合的输入设备,用于执行本申请实施例第六方面或者第七方面提供的技术方案。应理解,这里“耦合”是指两个部件彼此直接或间接地结合。这种结合可以是固定的或可移动性的,这种结合可以允许流动液、电、电信号或其它类型信号在两个部件之间通信。In a sixteenth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which may be a chip or a plurality of chips working together, and the communication device includes an input device coupled to a communication device (eg, a chip) for The technical solution provided by the sixth aspect or the seventh aspect of the embodiment of the present application is implemented. It should be understood that "coupled" herein means that two components are combined directly or indirectly with each other. This combination may be fixed or movable, which may allow for the transfer of fluid, electrical, electrical or other types of signals between the two components.
第十七方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信系统,该通信系统包括收发器和处理器,该收发器和处理器用于与存储器耦合,读取并运行存储器中的指令以支持随机接入过程消息传输的装置实现上述第一方面至第五方面中的任一方面所涉及的功能,例如,生成或者处理上述第一方面至第五方面中任一方面提供的随机过程中消息传输的方法中所涉及的信息。在一种可能的设计中,上述通信系统还包括存储器,该存储器用于保存随机接入过程消息传输的装置必需的程序指令和数据。该通信系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。In a seventeenth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a communication system, including a transceiver and a processor, the transceiver and the processor are configured to be coupled to a memory, and read and run instructions in the memory to support random access. The apparatus for process message transmission implements the functions involved in any of the above first to fifth aspects, for example, the method of generating or processing the message transmission in the random process provided by any of the above first to fifth aspects The information involved. In one possible design, the communication system further includes a memory for storing program instructions and data necessary for the device for random access procedure message transmission. The communication system can be composed of chips, and can also include chips and other discrete devices.
第十八方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信系统,该通信系统包括收发处理器,该收 发处理器用于与存储器耦合,读取并运行存储器中的指令以用于支持随机接入过程消息传输的装置实现上述第六方面或者第七方面中所涉及的功能,例如,生成或者处理上述第六方面或者第七方面提供的随机过程中消息传输的方法中所涉及的信息。在一种可能的设计中,上述通信系统还包括存储器,该存储器用于保存随机接入过程消息传输的装置必需的程序指令和数据。该通信系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。In an eighteenth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a communication system, including a transceiver processor, configured to be coupled to a memory, to read and run instructions in the memory for supporting a random access procedure message. The transmitting device implements the functions involved in the sixth aspect or the seventh aspect described above, for example, generating or processing information involved in the method of message transmission in the random process provided by the sixth aspect or the seventh aspect. In one possible design, the communication system further includes a memory for storing program instructions and data necessary for the device for random access procedure message transmission. The communication system can be composed of chips, and can also include chips and other discrete devices.
第十九方面,本申请实施例提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当该计算机程序产品在终端设备上运行时,使得终端设备执行上述第一方面至第五方面中任一方面提供的随机过程中消息传输的方法,也能实现第一方面至第五方面中任一方面提供的随机过程中消息传输的方法所具备的有益效果。In a nineteenth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product comprising instructions, when the computer program product is run on a terminal device, causing the terminal device to perform the foregoing any one of the first aspect to the fifth aspect The method of message transmission in a random process can also achieve the beneficial effects of the method of message transmission in the random process provided by any one of the first aspect to the fifth aspect.
第二十方面,本申请实施例提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当该计算机程序产品在网络设备上运行时,使得网络设备执行上述第六方面或者第七方面提供的随机过程中消息传输的方法,也能实现第二方面提供的随机过程中消息传输的方法所具备的有益效果。In a twentieth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product comprising instructions, when the computer program product is run on a network device, causing the network device to perform the random in-process message provided by the sixth aspect or the seventh aspect. The method of transmission can also achieve the beneficial effects of the method of message transmission in the random process provided by the second aspect.
附图说明DRAWINGS
图1是本申请实施例提供的通信系统的一种基础架构示意图;1 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图2是本申请实施例的随机接入过程中消息传输的方法的一流程示意图;2 is a schematic flowchart of a method for message transmission in a random access process according to an embodiment of the present application;
图3是随机接入过程中网络设备向终端设备发送的消息的一结构示意图;3 is a schematic structural diagram of a message sent by a network device to a terminal device in a random access process;
图4是随机接入的消息发送示意图;4 is a schematic diagram of message transmission of random access;
图5是本申请实施例提供的随机接入过程中消息传输的方法的一流程示意图;FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a method for message transmission in a random access process according to an embodiment of the present application;
图6是本申请实施例提供的随机接入过程中消息传输的方法的另一流程示意图;6 is another schematic flowchart of a method for message transmission in a random access process according to an embodiment of the present application;
图7是本申请实施例提供的随机接入过程中消息传输的方法的另一流程示意图;FIG. 7 is another schematic flowchart of a method for message transmission in a random access procedure according to an embodiment of the present application;
图8是本申请实施例提供的随机接入过程中消息传输的方法的另一流程示意图;FIG. 8 is another schematic flowchart of a method for message transmission in a random access procedure according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图9是本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图;FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication apparatus according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图10是本申请实施例提供的终端设备的一结构示意图;FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application;
图11是本申请实施例提供的网络设备的一结构示意图;11 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application;
图12是本申请实施例提供的终端设备的另一结构示意图;FIG. 12 is another schematic structural diagram of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application;
图13是本申请实施例提供的网络设备的另一结构示意图。FIG. 13 is another schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式detailed description
下面将结合本申请中的附图,对本申请中的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述。The technical solutions in the present application will be clearly and completely described below in conjunction with the drawings in the present application.
本申请实施例提供的随机接入过程中消息传输的方法可以适用于长期演进(long term evaluation,LTE)系统,或其他采用各种无线接入技术的无线通信系统,例如采用码分多址(code division multiple access,CDMA),频分多址(frequency division multiple access,FDMA),时分多址(time division multiple access,TDMA),正交频分多址(orthogonal frequency division multiple access,OFDMA),单载波频分多址(single carrier-frequency division multiple access,SC-FDMA)等接入技术的系统。本申请实施例提供的随机接入过程中消息传输的方法也可适用于其他无线通信系统,例如后续的演 进系统,如第五代无线(5thgeneration,5G,也称新空口(New radio,NR))系统(或称NR系统)等,在此不做限制。进一步地,本申请实施例还可以具体应用到NB-IoT中的通信系统,以及增强机器类通信(enhanced Machine Type Communication,eMTC)系统等。参见图1,是本申请实施例提供的通信系统的一种基础架构示意图。本申请实施例提供的通信系统包括但不限于网络设备和终端设备(例如终端设备1至终端设备6),在此不做限制。其中,图1所示的网络设备和终端设备均可称之为通信装置,网络设备和终端设备均可以是一块芯片或多块协同工作的芯片,网络设备和/或终端设备中还可包括与该网络设备和/或终端设备耦合的输入设备,用于执行本申请实施例提供的随机接入过程中消息传输的方法。具体可根据实际应用场景确定,在此不做限制。本申请实施例提供的网络设备和终端设备可以进行数据或者信令的传输,包括上行传输和下行传输。这里可以理解,上行传输可以是终端设备向网络设备发送数据或者信令,下行传输可以是网络设备向终端设备发送数据或者信令。The method for message transmission in the random access process provided by the embodiment of the present application may be applicable to a long term evaluation (LTE) system, or other wireless communication systems using various radio access technologies, for example, using code division multiple access ( Code division multiple access (CDMA), frequency division multiple access (FDMA), time division multiple access (TDMA), orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA), single A system of access technologies such as single carrier-frequency division multiple access (SC-FDMA). The method for message transmission in the random access process provided by the embodiment of the present application is also applicable to other wireless communication systems, such as a subsequent evolution system, such as the fifth generation wireless (5th generation, 5G, also known as New Radio (NR)). System (or NR system), etc., no restrictions here. Further, the embodiment of the present application can also be specifically applied to a communication system in the NB-IoT, and an enhanced machine type communication (eMTC) system. FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application. The communication system provided by the embodiment of the present application includes, but is not limited to, a network device and a terminal device (for example, the terminal device 1 to the terminal device 6), which is not limited herein. The network device and the terminal device shown in FIG. 1 may be referred to as a communication device, and the network device and the terminal device may each be a chip or a plurality of chips working together, and the network device and/or the terminal device may further include The network device and/or the input device coupled to the terminal device are used to perform the method for message transmission in the random access process provided by the embodiment of the present application. It can be determined according to the actual application scenario, and no limitation is imposed here. The network device and the terminal device provided by the embodiments of the present application may perform data or signaling transmission, including uplink transmission and downlink transmission. It can be understood here that the uplink transmission may be that the terminal device sends data or signaling to the network device, and the downlink transmission may be that the network device sends data or signaling to the terminal device.
本申请所涉及到的终端设备可以为向用户提供语音和/或数据连通性的设备(device),包括有线终端和无线终端。无线终端可以是具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、或连接到无线调制解调器的其他处理设备,经无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)与一个或者多个核心网进行通信的移动终端。例如,无线终端可以为移动电话、计算机、平板电脑、个人数码助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、移动互联网设备(mobile Internet device,MID)、可穿戴设备和电子书阅读器(e-book reader)等。又如,无线终端可以是加油站、打印机、电表、手表以及饮水机等。又如,无线终端也可以是便携式、袖珍式、手持式、计算机内置的或者车载的移动设备。再如,无线终端可以为移动站(mobile station)、接入点(access point)等。其中,上述无线终端的具体表现形式可根据NB-IOT的实际应用场景确定,在此不做限制。用户设备(user equipment,UE)即为终端设备的一种,是在LTE系统中的称谓。为方便描述,本申请后续的描述中,上面提到的设备将以终端设备为例进行说明。本申请实施例所涉及到的网络设备是一种部署在无线接入网中用于为终端设备提供无线通信功能的通信装置。上述网络设备可以包括各种形式的宏基站,微基站,中继站,接入点基站控制器,收发节点(transmission reception point,TRP)等等。在采用不同的无线接入技术的系统中,网络设备的具体名称可能会有所不同,例如在LTE网络中,网络设备(或者基站)称为演进的节点B(evolved nodeB,eNB),在后续的演进系统中,还可以称为新无线节点B(new radio nodeB,gNB)。为方便描述,本申请后续的描述中,上面提到的设备统称为网络设备。The terminal device involved in the present application may be a device that provides voice and/or data connectivity to a user, including a wired terminal and a wireless terminal. The wireless terminal may be a handheld device having a wireless connection function, or another processing device connected to the wireless modem, and a mobile terminal that communicates with one or more core networks via a radio access network (RAN). For example, the wireless terminal can be a mobile phone, a computer, a tablet, a personal digital assistant (PDA), a mobile internet device (MID), a wearable device, and an e-book reader. Wait. As another example, the wireless terminal can be a gas station, a printer, an electric meter, a watch, a water dispenser, and the like. As another example, the wireless terminal can also be a portable, pocket, handheld, computer built-in or in-vehicle mobile device. For another example, the wireless terminal can be a mobile station, an access point, or the like. The specific representation of the wireless terminal may be determined according to the actual application scenario of the NB-IOT, and is not limited herein. User equipment (UE) is a type of terminal equipment and is a name in the LTE system. For convenience of description, in the following description of the present application, the above-mentioned device will be described by taking a terminal device as an example. The network device involved in the embodiment of the present application is a communication device deployed in a radio access network for providing a wireless communication function for a terminal device. The network device may include various forms of macro base stations, micro base stations, relay stations, access point base station controllers, transmission and reception nodes (TRPs), and the like. In a system using different radio access technologies, the specific name of the network device may be different. For example, in an LTE network, a network device (or a base station) is called an evolved node B (eNB), and is followed by In the evolution system, it can also be called a new radio node B (new radio node B, gNB). For convenience of description, in the subsequent description of the present application, the above-mentioned devices are collectively referred to as network devices.
在3GPP协议R13或者R14中,终端设备需要先完成随机接入,并且与网络设备之间建立无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)链接之后才能进行上行业务数据的传输,由于随机接入以及RRC链接的建立过程中交互的信令比较多,终端设备的功耗高。尤其是对于基于NB-IoT的终端设备来说,产生的时延和功耗更加明显。In the 3GPP protocol R13 or R14, the terminal device needs to complete the random access first, and establish a radio resource control (RRC) link with the network device before the uplink service data can be transmitted, due to random access and RRC. There are many interactive signalings during the establishment of the link, and the power consumption of the terminal device is high. Especially for NB-IoT-based terminal devices, the resulting delay and power consumption are more obvious.
参见图2,图2是本申请实施例的随机接入过程中消息传输的方法的一流程示意图。终端设备接入网络之前所执行的随机接入过程可参见如下步骤S101至S104。Referring to FIG. 2, FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart of a method for message transmission in a random access procedure according to an embodiment of the present application. The random access procedure performed before the terminal device accesses the network can be referred to the following steps S101 to S104.
S101、终端设备向网络设备发送消息1。S101. The terminal device sends a message 1 to the network device.
在一些可行的实施方式中,上述消息1还可以称为Msg1(Message 1)消息,消息1 具体可以是前导序列(preamble)。终端设备在发送前导序列时,可以随机选取资源来发送前导序列,如果多个终端设备在相同的资源上发送相同的前导序列,则会发生碰撞。如果多个终端设备在相同的资源上发送不同的前导序列,且这些序列是正交的那么就不会发生碰撞。In some feasible implementation manners, the message 1 may also be referred to as an Msg1 (Message 1) message, and the message 1 may specifically be a preamble. When the terminal device sends the preamble sequence, the resource may be randomly selected to send the preamble sequence. If multiple terminal devices send the same preamble sequence on the same resource, a collision may occur. If multiple terminal devices send different preamble sequences on the same resource and the sequences are orthogonal, no collision will occur.
S102、网络设备向终端设备发送消息2。S102. The network device sends a message 2 to the terminal device.
在一些可行的实施方式中,终端设备向网络设备发送的消息1之后,网络设备若在某个时频资源上检测到前导序列,则会在消息2(Msg2)中携带该前导序列,表示网络设备检测到了该前导序列。同时网络设备还会在消息2中携带随机接入响应(random access response,RAR)。网络设备在该时频资源上检测到了多少前导序列,就会在消息2中携带多少RAR。In some feasible implementation manners, after the message 1 sent by the terminal device to the network device, if the network device detects the preamble sequence on a certain time-frequency resource, the network device carries the preamble sequence in message 2 (Msg2), indicating that the network The device detected the preamble sequence. At the same time, the network device also carries a random access response (RAR) in message 2. How many RARs are carried in the message 2, how many preamble sequences are detected by the network device on the time-frequency resource.
示例性地,下面结合图3对消息2的结构进行说明,图3是随机接入过程中网络设备向终端设备发送的消息的一结构示意图。如图3所示,消息2包括媒体介入控制层(media access control,MAC)帧头、随机接入响应。除此之外,消息2还可能包括填充比特(padding)。其中,MAC帧头中包含若干MAC子头,MAC字头中包含退避标识符和随机接入前导码标识。Illustratively, the structure of the message 2 is described below with reference to FIG. 3. FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of a message sent by the network device to the terminal device in the random access process. As shown in FIG. 3, the message 2 includes a media access control (MAC) frame header and a random access response. In addition to this, message 2 may also include padding. The MAC header includes a number of MAC subheaders, and the MAC header includes a backoff identifier and a random access preamble identifier.
当网络设备检测到了n(n为大于或者等于1的整数)个前导序列时,消息2中的MAC帧头就包括n个随机接入前导序列标识符(random access preamble identifier,RAPID),消息2中的随机接入响应包括n个随机接入响应(MAC RAR1、MAC RAR2…MAC RARn)。When the network device detects n (n is an integer greater than or equal to 1) preamble sequence, the MAC frame header in message 2 includes n random access preamble identifiers (RAPIDs), message 2 The random access response in the middle includes n random access responses (MAC RAR1, MAC RAR2...MAC RARn).
示例性地,随机接入响应具体包括:定时提前命令(timing advanced command)、上行链路授权(UL grant)、临时(temporary)小区无线网络临时标识(Cell Radio Network Temporary Identifier,C-RNTI)以及预留比特(reserved bits,记为R)。Exemplarily, the random access response specifically includes: a timing advanced command, an uplink grant (UL grant), a temporary (Cell Radio Network Temporary Identifier, C-RNTI), and Reserved bits (remembered as R).
在一些可行的实施方式中,上述消息2包括的上行授权信息(UL grant)用于指示在消息3中允许采用的传输块大小(transport block size,TBS)。In some feasible implementation manners, the uplink grant information (UL grant) included in the message 2 is used to indicate a transport block size (TBS) that is allowed to be used in the message 3.
S103、终端设备向网络设备发送消息3。S103. The terminal device sends a message 3 to the network device.
在一些可行的实施方式中,终端设备接收到消息2之后,会检查消息2中是否携带自己之前向网络设备发送的前导序列。如果该消息2中不包含该终端设备之前发送的前导序列,则认为随机接入失败,终端设备需要再次执行步骤101重新发送消息1。如果消息2中包含终端设备之前发送的前导序列,则终端设备根据前导序列对应的随机接入响应中的上行链路授权(UL grant)指示的时频资源发送消息3。终端设备在发送消息时会在消息3中携带该终端设备的唯一身份标识(cell radio network temporary identifier,C-RNTI)或者来自核心网的终端设备标识。因此,消息3携带终端设备的唯一标识,用于标识请求接入的当前终端设备。In some feasible implementation manners, after receiving the message 2, the terminal device checks whether the message 2 carries the preamble sequence that it previously sent to the network device. If the preamble sequence sent by the terminal device is not included in the message 2, the random access is considered to be unsuccessful, and the terminal device needs to perform step 101 to resend the message 1 again. If the message 2 includes the preamble sequence sent by the terminal device, the terminal device sends the message 3 according to the time-frequency resource indicated by the uplink grant (UL grant) in the random access response corresponding to the preamble sequence. When transmitting the message, the terminal device carries the cell radio network temporary identifier (C-RNTI) of the terminal device or the terminal device identifier from the core network in the message 3. Therefore, the message 3 carries the unique identifier of the terminal device and is used to identify the current terminal device that requests access.
S104,网络设备向终端设备发送消息4。S104. The network device sends a message 4 to the terminal device.
网络设备检测到消息3之后,会向终端设备发送消息4,并在消息4中指定哪个终端设备在冲突解决中胜出。其中,上述消息3和消息4主要用来解决冲突的问题。After the network device detects the message 3, it will send a message 4 to the terminal device, and in the message 4, specify which terminal device wins in the conflict resolution. Among them, the above message 3 and message 4 are mainly used to solve the conflict problem.
上述步骤S101至S104所示的是一个完整的随机接入过程。The above steps S101 to S104 show a complete random access procedure.
在上述步骤S101和S104所示的随机接入过程中,终端设备向网络设备发送消息1,通过消息1请求网络设备分配一个上行链路授权(UL Grant),用以在消息3中传输上行业务数据。网络设备如果有足够的资源则为终端设备分配一个较大的上行链路授权,并通过 消息2发送给终端设备。终端设备向网络设备发送消息3,并且在消息3中承载上行业务数据。网络设备接收到消息3之后,可向终端设备发送消息4,消息4中承载竞争解决(contention resolution)和结束指示。终端设备接收到消息4之后可向网络设备反馈确认应答(ACK)。通过上述随机接入过程,终端设备完成了上行业务数据的传输,同时终端设备无需进入连接态,可以迅速又进入到空闲(idle)态,节省终端设备的功耗。In the random access procedure shown in the foregoing steps S101 and S104, the terminal device sends a message 1 to the network device, and requests the network device to allocate an uplink grant (UL Grant) through the message 1 to transmit the uplink service in the message 3. data. If the network device has sufficient resources, the terminal device is assigned a larger uplink grant and is sent to the terminal device through message 2. The terminal device sends a message 3 to the network device and carries the uplink service data in the message 3. After receiving the message 3, the network device may send a message 4 to the terminal device, where the contention resolution and the end indication are carried in the message 4. After receiving the message 4, the terminal device can feed back an acknowledgement (ACK) to the network device. Through the random access process, the terminal device completes the transmission of the uplink service data, and the terminal device does not need to enter the connection state, and can quickly enter the idle state to save power consumption of the terminal device.
在上述步骤S101至S104所示的随机接入过程中,网络设备并不能确切地知道终端设备所需传输的应用层业务数据是多少。因此,对于随机接入过程中传输数据来说,网络设备只能通过分配一个固定的最大传输块(Transport block,TB)的大小(size)(即最大TBS)。如果这个最大TBS远大于终端设备传输应用层业务数据需要的TB大小,那么终端设备需要在MAC层进行较大比例的包填充(Padding),这使得上行发送的传输效率较低。In the random access procedure shown in the above steps S101 to S104, the network device cannot know exactly what the application layer service data that the terminal device needs to transmit. Therefore, for data transmission during random access, the network device can only allocate a fixed maximum size of transport block (TB) (ie, maximum TBS). If the maximum TBS is much larger than the TB size required for the terminal device to transmit the application layer service data, the terminal device needs to perform a large proportion of packet padding at the MAC layer, which makes the transmission efficiency of the uplink transmission low.
举例来说,终端设备可能只需要发送400bits的上行业务数据(包括了应用层业务数据,各个层的包头开销等),然而由于网络设备不知道终端设备的实际需要发送的数据量,网络设备为终端设备发送消息3所分配的TBS是1000bits。终端设备从网络设备接收消息2,,通过消息2中该终端设备对应的RAR中的上行链路授权的指示,确定网络设备所分配的TBS为1000bits,那么此时终端设备发送消息3时填充(padding)的比例(ratio)实际上是(1000-400)/1000=60%。该Ratio过高,即实际发送的大部分是填充的比特,大大浪费了上行资源和终端设备的功耗。For example, the terminal device may only need to send 400 bits of uplink service data (including application layer service data, packet header overhead of each layer, etc.). However, since the network device does not know the actual amount of data that the terminal device needs to send, the network device is The TBS allocated by the terminal device to send message 3 is 1000 bits. The terminal device receives the message 2 from the network device, and determines, by using the indication of the uplink grant in the RAR corresponding to the terminal device in the message 2, that the TBS allocated by the network device is 1000 bits, and then the terminal device fills when sending the message 3 ( The ratio of padding is actually (1000-400) / 1000 = 60%. The Ratio is too high, that is, most of the actually transmitted bits are padded bits, which greatly wastes power consumption of uplink resources and terminal devices.
为了减少终端设备的功耗,减少上行资源的浪费,可以允许终端设备选择一个小于网络设备所分配的TBS的某个TBS进行上行业务数据的发送。举例来说,若终端设备只有400bits的上行业务数据需要发送,终端设备可自主选择500bits(该TBS可为终端设备实际需要采用的TBS,为方便描述,可假设为TBS1)进行消息3的发送,而不需要使用1000bits的TBS(假设为TBS2)来发送。此时,网络设备则需要按照不同的TBS假设(分别按照TBS1的假设和TBS2的假设)对消息3进行解调和译码。如果网络设备可以正确解调译码消息3,则可以确定出消息3的TBS大小,并同时可以获得消息3所承载的应用层业务数据等内容。然而,这样的上行业务数据传输方式仍然存在问题。In order to reduce power consumption of the terminal device and reduce waste of uplink resources, the terminal device may be allowed to select a TBS that is smaller than the TBS allocated by the network device to perform uplink service data transmission. For example, if the terminal device only needs 400 bits of uplink service data to be transmitted, the terminal device can independently select 500 bits (the TBS can be a TBS that the terminal device actually needs to use, and for convenience of description, it can be assumed that TBS1) to send the message 3. Instead of using 1000 bits of TBS (assumed to be TBS2) to send. At this time, the network device needs to demodulate and decode the message 3 according to different TBS assumptions (according to the assumption of TBS1 and the assumption of TBS2, respectively). If the network device can correctly demodulate the decoded message 3, the TBS size of the message 3 can be determined, and the content of the application layer service data carried by the message 3 can be obtained at the same time. However, such uplink service data transmission methods still have problems.
举例来说,如图4,图4是随机接入的消息发送示意图。终端设备向网络设备发送消息3之后,可能在第一次发送消息3时,网络设备无论是在TBS1的假设下,还是在TBS2的假设下,都没有正确解调和译码消息3的窄带物理下行共享信道(narrowband physical downlink shared channel,NPDSCH)。此时,网络设备无法得到消息3的正确TBS(例如TBS1)。为了继续获取消息3中的内容,网络设备可以使用窄带物理下行控制信道(Narrowband Physical Downlink Control Channel,NPDCCH)调度消息3的重传。然而,此时,由于不知道消息3的实际TBS大小,网络设备只能再次按照TBS2(假设为1000bits,其中包含消息3之外的剩余资源)需要的资源调度消息3的重传,使得消息3的重传带来非常大的上行资源浪费。For example, as shown in FIG. 4 and FIG. 4, FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of message transmission of random access. After the terminal device sends the message 3 to the network device, the network device may not correctly demodulate and decode the narrowband physics of the message 3, whether under the assumption of TBS1 or under the assumption of TBS2, when the message 3 is sent for the first time. Narrowband physical downlink shared channel (NPDSCH). At this point, the network device cannot get the correct TBS for message 3 (eg, TBS1). In order to continue to obtain the content in the message 3, the network device may use the Narrowband Physical Downlink Control Channel (NPDCCH) to schedule retransmission of the message 3. However, at this time, since the actual TBS size of the message 3 is not known, the network device can only retransmit the message 3 according to the resource required by the TBS2 (assumed to be 1000 bits, including the remaining resources except the message 3), so that the message 3 The retransmission brings a very large waste of uplink resources.
在NB-IoT中网络设备调度终端设备进行消息3的重传(即重新发送)是通过NPDCCH调度的,具体地是通过下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)format N0的方式进行调度的。其中,上述DCI format N0各个域的定义参见3GPP TS36.212中6.4.3.1节如下:In the NB-IoT, the network device scheduling terminal device performs retransmission (ie, retransmission) of the message 3 by using the NPDCCH, specifically, scheduling by using downlink control information (DCI) format N0. For the definition of each domain of the above DCI format N0, refer to section 6.4.3.1 of 3GPP TS36.212 as follows:
Figure PCTCN2018086615-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2018086615-appb-000001
终端设备可解读DCI format N0中的‘资源分配(resource assignment)’域,通过解读‘Resource assignment’域获取资源单元(resource unit,RU)的索引(index,为方便描述可记为I RU),通过解读DCI format N0中‘调制编码方案(modulation and coding scheme,MCS)’域获取MCS的索引(index,为方便描述可记为I MCS)。终端设备可根据I MCS确定TBS的索引(记为I TBS),进而可根据(I TBS,I RU)和表1确定TBS。表1为用于NPDCCH的传输块大小(TBS)查询表(即3GPP TS36.212中的Table 16.5.1.2-2:Transport block size(TBS)table for NPUSCH),可参见3GPP TS36.213中16.5.1.2节,在此不做限制。 The terminal device can interpret the 'resource assignment' field in the DCI format N0, and obtain the index of the resource unit (RU) by interpreting the 'Resource assignment' field (index, which can be recorded as IRU for convenience description). The index of the MCS (index, which can be recorded as I MCS for convenience of description) is obtained by interpreting the 'modulation and coding scheme (MCS)' field in the DCI format N0. The terminal device can determine the index of the TBS (referred to as I TBS ) according to the I MCS , and further determine the TBS according to (I TBS , I RU ) and Table 1. Table 1 is a transport block size (TBS) lookup table for NPDCCH (ie, Table 16.5.1.2-2 in 3GPP TS 36.212: Transport block size (TBS) table for NPUSCH), see 16.5 in 3GPP TS 36.213. Section 1.2, no restrictions here.
表1Table 1
Figure PCTCN2018086615-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2018086615-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2018086615-appb-000003
Figure PCTCN2018086615-appb-000003
然而,在随机接入过程中传输数据时,新定义的TBS和I RU的组合在上述表1中无法查询得到。比如,假设消息3初传时所采用的TBS为776bits,对应的I RU为6,消息3重传时,通过DCI format N0指示调度信息,DCI format N0只能够指示上述表1中定义的(I TBS,I RU)的组合,对于I RU为6对应的TBS,无法找不到一个合适的I TBS使得确定的TBS为776bits。消息3重传调度时,网络设备向终端设备发送的DCI无法直接指示消息3初传时所采用的TBS和I RU的组合,因此无法确定重传消息3所采用的TBS,操作不便,适用性差。 However, when data is transmitted during the random access procedure, the combination of the newly defined TBS and IRU cannot be queried in Table 1 above. For example, suppose that the TBS used in the initial transmission of message 3 is 776 bits, and the corresponding I RU is 6. When message 3 is retransmitted, the scheduling information is indicated by DCI format N0, and DCI format N0 can only indicate the one defined in Table 1 above. The combination of TBS , I RU ), for a TBS with an I RU of 6, cannot find a suitable I TBS such that the determined TBS is 776 bits. When the message 3 is retransmitted, the DCI sent by the network device to the terminal device cannot directly indicate the combination of the TBS and the IRU used in the initial transmission of the message 3. Therefore, the TBS used for retransmitting the message 3 cannot be determined, and the operation is inconvenient and the applicability is poor. .
本申请实施例提供了随机接入过程中消息传输的方法及装置可对DCI format N0中的‘modulation and coding scheme’域重新定义,在消息3重传时可通过对DCI format N0中的‘modulation and coding scheme’域进行重新解读,从而可由‘modulation and coding scheme’域对应的调度信息确定消息3重传所使用的TBS,操作简单,适用性强。The embodiment of the present application provides a method and a device for message transmission in a random access procedure, which can redefine the 'modulation and coding scheme' field in the DCI format N0, and can pass the 'modulation in the DCI format N0 when the message 3 is retransmitted. The and coding scheme' field is re-interpreted, so that the TBS used for retransmission of the message 3 can be determined by the scheduling information corresponding to the 'modulation and coding scheme' field, and the operation is simple and the applicability is strong.
实施例一:Embodiment 1:
参见图5,图5是本申请实施例提供的随机接入过程中消息传输的方法的一流程示意图。本申请实施例提供的方法可包括步骤:Referring to FIG. 5, FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a method for message transmission in a random access procedure according to an embodiment of the present application. The method provided by the embodiment of the present application may include the following steps:
S201,终端设备从网络设备接收下行控制信息。S201. The terminal device receives downlink control information from the network device.
在一些可行的实施方式中,上述下行控制信息中所包括的各个域可参见上述DCIformat N0。如上述DCIformat N0所示,网络设备向终端设备发送的DCI中可包括调制编码方案域(即‘modulation and coding scheme’域),上述调制编码方案域的部分比特用于指示重新发送调度传输消息允许使用的TBS。In some possible implementation manners, the various domains included in the foregoing downlink control information may be referred to the DCIformat N0. As shown in the above DCI format N0, the DCI sent by the network device to the terminal device may include a modulation and coding scheme field (ie, a 'modulation and coding scheme' field), and part of the bits of the modulation and coding scheme field are used to indicate that the retransmission of the scheduled transmission message is allowed. The TBS used.
在一些可行的实施方式中,网络设备对终端设备第一次发送(也称初传)的消息3没有正确解调和译码时,可以使用NPDCCH调度消息3的重传。可选的,网络设备可向终端设备发送DCI,通过DCI format N0调度消息3的重新发送(也称重传)。终端设备可解读DCI format N0中的‘modulation and coding scheme’域,通过解读‘modulation and coding scheme’域中的部分比特所对应的状态来确定重传消息3所允许使用的TBS。这里,使用的TBS可以第一TBS为例进行说明。可选的,对于DCI format N0中的其它域的调度消息,终端设备可采用协议3GPP TS36.212中6.4.3.1节所规定的实现方式去解读,在此不做限制。In some feasible implementation manners, when the network device does not correctly demodulate and decode the message 3 of the first transmission (also referred to as initial transmission) of the terminal device, the retransmission of the NPDCCH scheduling message 3 may be used. Optionally, the network device may send a DCI to the terminal device, and schedule retransmission of the message 3 (also referred to as retransmission) through the DCI format N0. The terminal device can interpret the 'modulation and coding scheme' field in the DCI format N0, and determine the TBS allowed to be used by the retransmission message 3 by interpreting the state corresponding to the partial bits in the 'modulation and coding scheme' field. Here, the used TBS can be described by taking the first TBS as an example. Optionally, for the scheduling message of other domains in the DCI format N0, the terminal device can be interpreted by using the implementation manner specified in the 6.4.3.1 section of the protocol 3GPP TS 36.212, which is not limited herein.
可选的,上述网络设备向终端设备发送的DCI中,调制编码方案域的部分比特所指示的允许使用的TBS可以为候选TBS集合中的某一个TBS,该TBS则为第一TBS,为方便描述,可将该TBS作为指定TBS(例如Ti)进行说明。其中,上述候选TBS集合中可包括上述指定TBS在内的一个或者多个候选TBS。Optionally, in the DCI sent by the network device to the terminal device, the allowed TBS indicated by the partial bits of the modulation and coding scheme field may be a TBS in the candidate TBS set, and the TBS is the first TBS, which is convenient. Description, the TBS can be described as a designated TBS (for example, Ti). The candidate TBS set may include one or more candidate TBSs including the specified TBS.
可选的,终端设备可通过如下集合组成方式一至集合组成方式二中任意一种确定重传消息3的候选TBS集合。Optionally, the terminal device may determine the candidate TBS set of the retransmission message 3 by using any one of the following group composition mode 1 to the group composition mode 2.
集合组成方式一:The composition of the collection is one:
可选的,上述候选TBS集合可由网络设备广播的最大TBS确定。终端设备可从网络设备广播的系统消息中获取重传消息3所允许使用的最大TBS,并根据最大TBS确定候选TBS集合。Optionally, the foregoing candidate TBS set may be determined by a maximum TBS broadcast by the network device. The terminal device may obtain the maximum TBS allowed for the retransmission message 3 from the system message broadcasted by the network device, and determine the candidate TBS set according to the maximum TBS.
在一些可行的实施方式中,网络设备通过系统消息所广播的最大TBS的大小(单位为比特(bit))可为{1000,936,808,680,584,504,408,328}。其中,最大TBS的大小不同,其所对应的可选TBS的数量与可选TBS的大小取值也不相同,如下表2。表2为TBS的取值示意图。如下表2所示,若网络设备通过系统消息所广播的最大TBS为1000bits时,终端设备重传消息3所采用的可选TBS有4个,分别为TBS1(为方便描述可标记为T1)、TBS2(为方便描述可标记为T2)、TBS3(为方便描述可标记为T3)和TBS4(为方便描述可标记为T4)。如下表2所示,上述T1、T2、T3和T4的取值分别为328、536、776和1000。此时,T1、T2、T3和T4可组合得到候选TBS集合,T1、T2、T3和T4均为候选TBS。In some feasible implementation manners, the size (in bits) of the maximum TBS broadcast by the network device through the system message may be {1000, 936, 808, 680, 584, 504, 408, 328}. The size of the maximum TBS is different, and the number of optional TBSs corresponding to the size of the optional TBS is also different, as shown in Table 2 below. Table 2 is a schematic diagram of the value of TBS. As shown in the following Table 2, if the maximum TBS broadcasted by the network device through the system message is 1000 bits, the terminal device retransmits the message 3 using four optional TBSs, respectively TBS1 (marked as T1 for convenience of description), TBS2 (which can be labeled as T2 for convenience of description), TBS3 (which can be labeled as T3 for convenience of description), and TBS4 (which can be labeled as T4 for convenience of description). As shown in Table 2 below, the above values of T1, T2, T3 and T4 are 328, 536, 776 and 1000, respectively. At this time, T1, T2, T3, and T4 can be combined to obtain a candidate TBS set, and T1, T2, T3, and T4 are all candidate TBSs.
表2Table 2
328328 408408 504504 584584 680680 808808 936936 10001000
T1T1 328328 328328 328328 328328 328328 328328 328328 328328
T2T2 408408 408408 408408 456456 504504 504504 536536
T3T3 504504 504504 584584 680680 712712 776776
T4T4 584584 680680 808808 936936 10001000
可选的,上述表2可由网络设备配置,也可由通信协议规定,在此不做限制。Optionally, the foregoing Table 2 may be configured by a network device, or may be specified by a communication protocol, and is not limited herein.
可选的,若网络设备通过系统消息广播的最大TBS为504bits时,终端设备重传消息3所采用的可选TBS有3个,可分别标记为T1、T2和T3,其中,上述T1、T2和T3的取值分别为328、408和504。此时,T1、T2和T3可组合得到候选TBS集合,T1、T2和T3均为该候选TBS集合中的候选TBS。Optionally, if the maximum TBS of the network device broadcasted by the system message is 504 bits, the terminal device retransmits the message 3 by using three optional TBSs, which can be respectively labeled as T1, T2, and T3, where the T1 and T2 are respectively The values of T3 and T3 are 328, 408 and 504, respectively. At this time, T1, T2, and T3 may be combined to obtain a candidate TBS set, and T1, T2, and T3 are all candidate TBSs in the candidate TBS set.
网络设备可通过上述‘modulation and coding scheme’域中的部分比特来指示候选TBS集合中的一个TBS为指定TBS,将该指定TBS指示为重传消息3所允许使用的TBS。同理,当网络设备通过系统消息广播的最大TBS为936bits,808bits,680bits,584bits,408bits或者328bits时,终端设备可通过上述表2确定可选TBS的数量和各个TBS的大小取值,进而可将确定出的一个或者多个TBS组合成候选TBS集合,并且候选TBS集合中各个TBS的大小取值小于或者等于系统消息广播的最大TBS的大小取值,在此不做限制。The network device may indicate that one of the candidate TBS sets is a designated TBS by using a partial bit in the above-mentioned 'modulation and coding scheme' field, and indicates the designated TBS as a TBS allowed to be used by the retransmission message 3. Similarly, when the maximum TBS of the network device broadcasted by the system message is 936 bits, 808 bits, 680 bits, 584 bits, 408 bits, or 328 bits, the terminal device can determine the number of optional TBSs and the size of each TBS through the foregoing Table 2, and then The determined one or more TBSs are combined into a candidate TBS set, and the size of each TBS in the candidate TBS set is less than or equal to the value of the maximum TBS of the system message broadcast, and is not limited herein.
集合组成方式二:Collection composition two:
可选的,上述终端设备重传消息3所允许使用的候选TBS集合可由网络设备广播的最大TBS和预设TBS数量确定。其中,上述预设TBS数量可由网络设备配置,也可由通信协议规定,为方便描述,这里预设TBS数量也可以N为例进行说明,在此不做限制。Optionally, the set of candidate TBSs allowed by the foregoing terminal device retransmission message 3 may be determined by the maximum TBS and the preset number of TBSs broadcast by the network device. The number of the preset TBSs may be configured by the network device, or may be specified by the communication protocol. For convenience of description, the preset number of TBSs may also be described as an example, and is not limited herein.
在一些可行的实施方式中,终端设备可按照上述集合组成方式一确定网络设备系统消息所广播的最大TBS所对应的一个或者多个可选TBS,进而可将确定的一个或者多个可选TBS组成候选TBS集合。为方便描述,这里可以第一候选TBS集合为例进行说明。此外,可选的,对于每个小区,若网络设备通过系统消息广播的最大TBS对应的终端设备重传消息3的可选TBS有多个,则这多个可选TBS中的部分可组合成为候选TBS集合。为方便描述可以第二候选TBS集合为例进行说明,此时,第二候选TBS集合为终端设备重传消息3 所允许使用的候选TBS集合。In some feasible implementation manners, the terminal device may determine one or more optional TBSs corresponding to the largest TBS broadcasted by the network device system message according to the foregoing set composition manner, and then determine the determined one or more optional TBSs. Compose a candidate TBS set. For convenience of description, the first candidate TBS set may be used as an example for description. In addition, optionally, for each cell, if there are multiple optional TBSs of the terminal device retransmission message 3 corresponding to the maximum TBS broadcasted by the system message by the network device, some of the plurality of selectable TBSs may be combined. Candidate TBS set. For convenience of description, the second candidate TBS set may be taken as an example. At this time, the second candidate TBS set is a candidate TBS set allowed for the terminal device to retransmit the message 3.
对于每个小区,在用于组成第一候选TBS集合和/或第二候选TBS集合的多个候选TBS中,各个候选TBS可按照取值从小到大的方式组成候选TBS集合,即在第一候选TBS集合和/或第二候选TBS集合中Ti<Ti+1。例如,在第一候选TBS集合{T1,T2,T3和T4}(对应{328,536,776,1000})中,T1的取值(328)小于T2的取值(536),T2的取值(536)小于T3的取值(776)。For each cell, among the plurality of candidate TBSs constituting the first candidate TBS set and/or the second candidate TBS set, each candidate TBS may compose the candidate TBS set according to the value from small to large, that is, at the first Ti<Ti+1 in the candidate TBS set and/or the second candidate TBS set. For example, in the first candidate TBS set {T1, T2, T3, and T4} (corresponding to {328, 536, 776, 1000}), the value of T1 (328) is smaller than the value of T2 (536), and the value of T2 is taken. The value (536) is less than the value of T3 (776).
可选的,网络设备可配置终端设备从第一候选TBS集合(即系统消息所广播的最大TBS所对应的多个可选TBS)中选择预设TBS数量(一个或者多个)的TBS组成消息3重传所允许使用的候选TBS集合。Optionally, the network device configurable terminal device selects a TBS component message of the preset TBS number (one or more) from the first candidate TBS set (that is, multiple selectable TBSs corresponding to the maximum TBS broadcasted by the system message). 3 Retransmission of the candidate TBS set that is allowed to be used.
例如,当网络设备通过系统消息所广播的最大TBS所对应的可选TBS(即终端设备实际允许传输的TBS)有4个,例如{T1,T2,T3,T4},并且配置了预设TBS数量为4,终端设备则可将上述{T1,T2,T3,T4}这4个候选TBS组成第二候选TBS集合。当第二候选TBS集合为{T1,T2,T3,T4}时,终端设备可通过如下方式一或者方式二选择候选TBS作为消息3重传所采用的TBS(为方便描述可以指定TBS为例进行说明)。For example, when the network device passes the optional TBS corresponding to the largest TBS broadcasted by the system message (that is, the TBS that the terminal device actually allows to transmit), there are four, for example, {T1, T2, T3, T4}, and the preset TBS is configured. The number is 4, and the terminal device can form the four candidate TBSs of the above {T1, T2, T3, T4} into the second candidate TBS set. When the second candidate TBS set is {T1, T2, T3, T4}, the terminal device may select the candidate TBS as the TBS used for retransmission of the message 3 by using the following method (for the convenience of description, the TBS may be specified as an example). Description).
方式一:T2或者T4;Method 1: T2 or T4;
终端设备可从第二候选TBS集合{T1,T2,T3,T4}中选择T2或者T4作为指定TBS。The terminal device may select T2 or T4 as the designated TBS from the second candidate TBS set {T1, T2, T3, T4}.
方式二:T1或者T2或者T3或者T4;Method 2: T1 or T2 or T3 or T4;
终端设备可从第二候选TBS集合{T1,T2,T3,T4}中选择T1,或者T2,或者T3,或者T4作为指定TBS。The terminal device may select T1, or T2, or T3, or T4 as the designated TBS from the second candidate TBS set {T1, T2, T3, T4}.
当网络设备通过系统消息所广播的最大TBS所对应的可选TBS(即终端设备实际允许传输的TBS)有4个,例如{T1,T2,T3,T4},并且配置了预设TBS数量为3,终端设备则可将上述{T1,T2,T3,T4}的3个候选TBS,例如{T1,T2,T3}组成第二候选TBS集合。当第二候选TBS集合为{T1,T2,T3}时,终端设备可通过如下方式一或者方式二选择候选TBS作为消息3重传所采用的指定TBS。There are four optional TBSs corresponding to the maximum TBS broadcasted by the network device through the system message (that is, the TBS actually allowed to be transmitted by the terminal device), for example, {T1, T2, T3, T4}, and the preset TBS number is configured as 3. The terminal device may form three candidate TBSs of the above {T1, T2, T3, T4}, for example, {T1, T2, T3} into a second candidate TBS set. When the second candidate TBS set is {T1, T2, T3}, the terminal device may select the candidate TBS as the designated TBS used for the retransmission of the message 3 in the following manner.
方式一:T2或者T3;Method 1: T2 or T3;
终端设备可从第二候选TBS集合{T1,T2,T3}中选择T2或者T3作为指定TBS。The terminal device may select T2 or T3 as the designated TBS from the second candidate TBS set {T1, T2, T3}.
方式二:T1或者T2或者T3;Method 2: T1 or T2 or T3;
终端设备可从第二候选TBS集合{T1,T2,T3}中选择T1,或者T2,或者T3作为指定TBS。The terminal device may select T1, or T2, or T3 as the designated TBS from the second candidate TBS set {T1, T2, T3}.
当网络设备通过系统消息所广播的最大TBS所对应的可选TBS(即终端设备实际允许传输的TBS)有4个(例如{T1,T2,T3,T4},或者3个(例如{T1,T2,T3},为方便描述以4个为例),并且配置了预设TBS数量为2,终端设备则可将上述{T1,T2,T3,T4}的2个候选TBS,例如{T1,T2}组成第二候选TBS集合。当第二候选TBS集合为{T1,T2}时,终端设备可选择T1或者T2作为消息3重传所使用的指定TBS。There are 4 optional TBSs corresponding to the maximum TBS broadcast by the network device through the system message (that is, the TBS actually allowed to be transmitted by the terminal device) (for example, {T1, T2, T3, T4}, or 3 (for example, {T1, T2, T3}, for convenience of description, taking 4 as an example), and configuring the preset number of TBSs to be 2, the terminal device may select 2 candidate TBSs of the above {T1, T2, T3, T4}, for example, {T1, T2} constitutes a second candidate TBS set. When the second candidate TBS set is {T1, T2}, the terminal device can select T1 or T2 as the designated TBS used for message 3 retransmission.
在一些可行的实施方式中,网络设备可通过上述‘modulation and coding scheme’域中的部分比特来指示候选TBS集合(包括上述集合组成方式一所确定的第一候选TBS集合和/或上述集合组成方式二所确定的第二候选TBS集合)中的一个TBS(例如T1)为指定TBS。In some feasible implementation manners, the network device may indicate, by using a part of the bits in the 'modulation and coding scheme' field, the candidate TBS set (including the first candidate TBS set determined by the foregoing set composition mode 1 and/or the above set composition) One of the second candidate TBS sets determined by mode 2 (for example, T1) is a designated TBS.
可选的,网络设备通过‘modulation and coding scheme’域中的部分比特指示终端设备重传消息3所允许使用的指定TBS可通过如下指示方式一或者指示方式二实现:Optionally, the specified TBS that is allowed to be used by the network device to indicate that the terminal device retransmits the message 3 through the partial bits in the 'modulation and coding scheme' field may be implemented by using the following indication mode 1 or the indication mode 2:
指示方式一:Direction 1:
可选的,通过网络设备向终端设备发送的DCI中的‘Modulation and coding scheme’域(I MCS)的部分比特所对应的8个状态可指示终端设备重传消息所允许使用的指定TBS(Ti)。可选的,通过这8个状态还可指示终端设备重传消息3是否允许使用小于或者等于Ti的候选TBS进行消息发送。 Optionally, the eight states corresponding to the partial bits of the 'Modulation and coding scheme' field (I MCS ) in the DCI sent by the network device to the terminal device may be used to indicate the designated TBS allowed by the terminal device to retransmit the message. ). Optionally, the eight states may also indicate, by the terminal device, whether the retransmission message 3 allows the candidate TBS that is less than or equal to Ti to perform message transmission.
可选的,当网络设备通过系统消息所广播的最大TBS所对应的可选TBS有4个时,通过DCI中‘Modulation and coding scheme’域(I MCS)的部分比特所指示的可选TBS的范围为{T 1,T 2,T 3,T 4},此时可以按照如下表3的形式进行指定TBS的指示,以及终端设备重传消息3是否允许使用小于或者等于Ti的候选TBS进行消息发送的指示。表3是终端设备重传消息3所允许使用的指定TBS的一指示示意表。对应的,DCI中‘Modulation and coding scheme’域为4个比特(4bits)。其中,上述4bits对应的状态与指定TBS、是否允许的对应关系由网络设备配置,或者有通信协议规定,在此不做限制。 Optionally, when there are four optional TBSs corresponding to the maximum TBS broadcast by the network device through the system message, the optional TBS indicated by the partial bits of the 'Modulation and coding scheme' field (I MCS ) in the DCI The range is {T 1 , T 2 , T 3 , T 4 }, and the indication of the designated TBS can be performed in the form of Table 3 as follows, and whether the terminal device retransmission message 3 allows the message to be used by the candidate TBS less than or equal to Ti. Instructions sent. Table 3 is an indication table of the designated TBS that the terminal device retransmits the message 3 to use. Correspondingly, the 'Modulation and coding scheme' field in DCI is 4 bits (4 bits). The correspondence between the state corresponding to the 4 bits and the designated TBS and whether the permission is allowed is configured by the network device, or is defined by a communication protocol, and is not limited herein.
表3table 3
I MCS(状态) I MCS (status) TBS(Ti)TBS(Ti) 是否允许Whether to allow
00 T 1 T 1 Yes
11 T 2 T 2 Yes
22 T 3 T 3 Yes
33 T 4 T 4 Yes
44 T 1 T 1 no
55 T 2 T 2 no
66 T 3 T 3 no
77 T 4 T 4 no
88 Reserved(预留)Reserved (reserved) ReservedReserved
99 ReservedReserved ReservedReserved
1010 ReservedReserved ReservedReserved
1111 ReservedReserved ReservedReserved
1212 ReservedReserved ReservedReserved
1313 ReservedReserved ReservedReserved
1414 ReservedReserved ReservedReserved
1515 ReservedReserved ReservedReserved
如上述表3所示,当DCI中的‘Modulation and coding scheme’域(I MCS)的部分比特所对应的状态为0时,可指示终端设备重传消息3所允许使用的指定TBS为T1,并且允许终端设备重传消息3使用小于T1的候选TBS进行消息发送。此时,终端设备可选择T1重传消息3,也可使用小于T1的其他候选TBS重传消息3。可选的,若候选TBS中没有小于T1的候选TBS,则选择T1重传消息3,具体可根据实际应用场景确定,在此不做限制。当DCI中的‘Modulation and coding scheme’域(I MCS)的部分比特所对应的状态为4时,可指示终端设备重传消息3 所允许使用的指定TBS为T1,并且不允许终端设备重传消息3使用小于T1的候选TBS进行消息发送。此时,终端设备选择T1重传消息3,而不允许使用候选TBS集合中小于T1的候选TBS进行消息3重传,下面不再赘述。 As shown in the above table 3, when the state corresponding to the partial bits of the 'Modulation and coding scheme' field (I MCS ) in the DCI is 0, the terminal device may be instructed to retransmit the designated TBS allowed by the message 3 to be T1. And the terminal device is allowed to retransmit the message 3 to use the candidate TBS smaller than T1 for message transmission. At this time, the terminal device may select the T1 retransmission message 3, and may also retransmit the message 3 using other candidate TBSs smaller than T1. Optionally, if there is no candidate TBS that is smaller than T1 in the candidate TBS, the T1 retransmission message 3 is selected, which may be determined according to the actual application scenario, and is not limited herein. When the status of the partial bits of the 'Modulation and coding scheme' field (I MCS ) in the DCI is 4, the terminal device may be instructed to retransmit the specified TBS that is allowed to be used by the message 3 to be T1, and the terminal device is not allowed to retransmit. Message 3 uses a candidate TBS less than T1 for message transmission. At this time, the terminal device selects the T1 retransmission message 3, and does not allow the candidate TBS smaller than T1 in the candidate TBS set to perform the message 3 retransmission, which will not be described below.
可选的,当网络设备通过系统消息所广播的最大TBS所对应的可选TBS有3个时,通过DCI中‘Modulation and coding scheme’域(I MCS)的部分比特所指示的可选TBS的范围为{T 1,T 2,T 3},此时可以按照如下表4的形式进行指定TBS的指示,以及终端设备重传消息3是否允许使用小于或者等于Ti的候选TBS进行消息发送的指示。表4为终端设备重传消息3所允许使用的指定TBS的另一指示示意表。同样的,DCI中‘Modulation and coding scheme’域为4个比特(4bits)。 Optionally, when there are three optional TBSs corresponding to the maximum TBS broadcast by the network device through the system message, the optional TBS indicated by the partial bits of the 'Modulation and coding scheme' field (I MCS ) in the DCI The range is {T 1 , T 2 , T 3 }, and the indication of the designated TBS can be performed in the form of Table 4 as follows, and whether the terminal device retransmission message 3 allows the use of the candidate TBS less than or equal to Ti for the message transmission. . Table 4 is another indication diagram of the designated TBS that the terminal device retransmits the message 3 to use. Similarly, the 'Modulation and coding scheme' field in DCI is 4 bits (4 bits).
表4Table 4
I MCS(状态) I MCS (status) TBS(Ti)TBS(Ti) 是否允许Whether to allow
00 T 1 T 1 Yes
11 T 2 T 2 Yes
22 T 3 T 3 Yes
33 ReservedReserved ReservedReserved
44 T 1 T 1 no
55 T 2 T 2 no
66 T 3 T 3 no
77 ReservedReserved ReservedReserved
88 Reserved Reserved ReservedReserved
99 ReservedReserved ReservedReserved
1010 ReservedReserved ReservedReserved
1111 ReservedReserved ReservedReserved
1212 ReservedReserved ReservedReserved
1313 ReservedReserved ReservedReserved
1414 ReservedReserved ReservedReserved
1515 ReservedReserved ReservedReserved
如上述表4所示,当DCI中的‘Modulation and coding scheme’域(I MCS)的部分比特所对应的状态为0时,可指示终端设备重传消息3所允许使用的指定TBS为T1,并且允许终端设备重传消息3使用小于T1的候选TBS进行消息发送。此时,终端设备可选择T1重传消息3,也可使用小于T1的其他候选TBS重传消息3。可选的,若候选TBS中没有小于T1的候选TBS,则选择T1重传消息3,具体可根据实际应用场景确定,在此不做限制。当DCI中的‘Modulation and coding scheme’域(I MCS)的部分比特所对应的状态为4时,可指示终端设备重传消息3所允许使用的指定TBS为T1,并且不允许终端设备重传消息3使用小于T1的候选TBS进行消息发送。此时,终端设备选择T1重传消息3,而不允许使用候选TBS集合中小于T1的候选TBS进行消息3重传,下面不再赘述。 As shown in the above Table 4, when the state corresponding to the partial bits of the 'Modulation and coding scheme' field (I MCS ) in the DCI is 0, the terminal device may be instructed to retransmit the designated TBS allowed by the message 3 to be T1. And the terminal device is allowed to retransmit the message 3 to use the candidate TBS smaller than T1 for message transmission. At this time, the terminal device may select the T1 retransmission message 3, and may also retransmit the message 3 using other candidate TBSs smaller than T1. Optionally, if there is no candidate TBS that is smaller than T1 in the candidate TBS, the T1 retransmission message 3 is selected, which may be determined according to the actual application scenario, and is not limited herein. When the state corresponding to the partial bits of the 'Modulation and coding scheme' field (I MCS ) in the DCI is 4, the terminal device may be instructed to retransmit the specified TBS allowed by the message 3 to be T1, and the terminal device is not allowed to retransmit. Message 3 uses a candidate TBS less than T1 for message transmission. At this time, the terminal device selects the T1 retransmission message 3, and does not allow the candidate TBS smaller than T1 in the candidate TBS set to perform the message 3 retransmission, which will not be described below.
可选的,当网络设备通过系统消息所广播的最大TBS所对应的可选TBS有2个时,通过DCI中‘Modulation and coding scheme’域(I MCS)的部分比特所指示的可选TBS的范围为{T 1, T 2},此时可以按照如下表5的形式进行指定TBS的指示,以及终端设备重传消息3是否允许使用小于或者等于Ti的候选TBS进行消息发送的指示。表5为终端设备重传消息3所允许使用的指定TBS的另一指示示意表。 Optionally, when there are two optional TBSs corresponding to the maximum TBS broadcast by the network device through the system message, the optional TBS indicated by the partial bits of the 'Modulation and coding scheme' field (I MCS ) in the DCI The range is {T 1 , T 2 }, and the indication of the designated TBS can be performed in the form of Table 5 as follows, and whether the terminal device retransmission message 3 allows the use of the candidate TBS less than or equal to Ti to transmit the message. Table 5 is another indication diagram of the designated TBS allowed by the terminal device retransmission message 3.
表5table 5
I MCS(状态) I MCS (status) TBS(Ti)TBS(Ti) 是否允许Whether to allow
00 T 1 T 1 Yes
11 T 2 T 2 Yes
22 ReservedReserved ReservedReserved
33 ReservedReserved ReservedReserved
44 T 1 T 1 no
55 T 2 T 2 no
66 ReservedReserved ReservedReserved
77 ReservedReserved ReservedReserved
88 Reserved Reserved ReservedReserved
99 ReservedReserved ReservedReserved
1010 ReservedReserved ReservedReserved
1111 ReservedReserved ReservedReserved
1212 ReservedReserved ReservedReserved
1313 ReservedReserved ReservedReserved
1414 ReservedReserved ReservedReserved
1515 ReservedReserved ReservedReserved
如上述表5所示,当DCI中的‘Modulation and coding scheme’域(I MCS)的部分比特所对应的状态为0时,可指示终端设备重传消息3所允许使用的指定TBS为T1,并且允许终端设备重传消息3使用小于T1的候选TBS进行消息发送。此时,终端设备可选择T1重传消息3,也可使用小于T1的其他候选TBS重传消息3。可选的,若候选TBS中没有小于T1的候选TBS,则选择T1重传消息3,具体可根据实际应用场景确定,在此不做限制。当DCI中的‘Modulation and coding scheme’域(I MCS)的部分比特所对应的状态为5时,可指示终端设备重传消息3所允许使用的指定TBS为T2,并且不允许终端设备重传消息3使用小于T2的候选TBS进行消息发送。此时,终端设备选择T2重传消息3,而不允许使用候选TBS集合中小于T2的候选TBS进行消息3重传,下面不再赘述。 As shown in the above Table 5, when the state corresponding to the partial bits of the 'Modulation and coding scheme' field (I MCS ) in the DCI is 0, the terminal device may be instructed to retransmit the designated TBS allowed by the message 3 to be T1. And the terminal device is allowed to retransmit the message 3 to use the candidate TBS smaller than T1 for message transmission. At this time, the terminal device may select the T1 retransmission message 3, and may also retransmit the message 3 using other candidate TBSs smaller than T1. Optionally, if there is no candidate TBS that is smaller than T1 in the candidate TBS, the T1 retransmission message 3 is selected, which may be determined according to the actual application scenario, and is not limited herein. When the status of the partial bits of the 'Modulation and coding scheme' field (I MCS ) in the DCI is 5, the terminal device may be instructed to retransmit the specified TBS to be used by the message 3 to be T2, and the terminal device is not allowed to retransmit. Message 3 uses a candidate TBS less than T2 for message transmission. At this time, the terminal device selects the T2 retransmission message 3, and does not allow the candidate TBS smaller than T2 in the candidate TBS set to perform the message 3 retransmission, which will not be described below.
指示方式二:Direction 2:
可选的,通过网络设备向终端设备发送的DCI中的‘Modulation and coding scheme’域(I MCS)的2比特指示指定TBS为候选TBS集合(例如{T1,T2,T3,T4})中的一个,指示方式如下表6右侧最后一列所示。表6为终端设备重传消息3所允许使用的指定TBS(Ti)的另一指示示意表。可选地,DCI中的‘Modulation and coding scheme’域(I MCS)的1比特用于指示终端设备重传消息3是否允许使用小于或者等于Ti的候选TBS进行消息发送,可用比特‘0’和‘1’进行区分允许或者不允许,具体可根据实际应用场景确定,在此不做限制。 Optionally, the 2 bits of the 'Modulation and coding scheme' field (I MCS ) in the DCI sent by the network device to the terminal device indicate that the designated TBS is in the candidate TBS set (eg, {T1, T2, T3, T4}) One, the indication is as shown in the last column on the right side of Table 6. Table 6 is another indication diagram of the specified TBS (Ti) allowed for the terminal device retransmission message 3. Optionally, 1 bit of the 'Modulation and coding scheme' field (I MCS ) in the DCI is used to indicate whether the terminal device retransmission message 3 allows to use a candidate TBS less than or equal to Ti for message transmission, and the available bit '0' and '1' is allowed or not allowed. It can be determined according to the actual application scenario. There is no restriction here.
表6Table 6
328328 408408 504504 584584 680680 808808 936936 10001000 TBS指示TBS indication
T1T1 328328 328328 328328 328328 328328 328328 328328 328328 0000
T2T2 408408 408408 408408 456456 504504 504504 536536 0101
T3T3 504504 504504 584584 680680 712712 776776 1010
T4T4 584584 680680 808808 936936 10001000 1111
如上述表6所示,当2bits的TBS指示为00时,对应指示的指定TBS则为T1。当2bits的TBS指示为11时,对应指示的指定TBS则为T4。其中,上述TBS指示与指定TBS的对应关系可由网络设备配置,也可由通信协议规定,在此不做限制。As shown in Table 6 above, when the TBS indication of 2 bits is 00, the designated TBS corresponding to the indication is T1. When the TBS indication of 2 bits is 11, the designated TBS corresponding to the indication is T4. The correspondence between the TBS indication and the designated TBS may be configured by the network device, or may be specified by a communication protocol, and is not limited herein.
可选的,上述用于指示指定TBS的字段(2比特),以及用于指示终端设备重传消息3是否允许使用小于或者等于Ti的候选TBS进行消息发送的字段(1bit)在‘Modulation and coding scheme’域中可以位于高3比特位,也可以位于低3比特位,也可以分开占用3个比特位。具体可根据实际应用场景确定,在此不做限制。Optionally, the foregoing field (2 bits) for indicating a specified TBS, and a field (1 bit) for indicating whether the terminal device retransmission message 3 is allowed to use a candidate TBS less than or equal to Ti for message transmission is in a “Modulation and coding”. The scheme' field can be located at the upper 3 bits, or at the lower 3 bits, or it can occupy 3 bits separately. It can be determined according to the actual application scenario, and no limitation is imposed here.
S202,终端设备根据第一TBS确定目标TBS。S202. The terminal device determines the target TBS according to the first TBS.
在一些可行的实施方式中,终端设备接收网络设备发送的DCI之后,则可对DCI中的‘Modulation and coding scheme’域进行解读,通过‘Modulation and coding scheme’域中的部分比特确定重传消息3所允许使用的指定TBS(即第一TBS),进而可根据上述指定TBS和/或上述‘Modulation and coding scheme’域中部分比特的指示确定重传消息3所使用的目标TBS。上述目标TBS为终端设备用于向网络设备重新发送消息3所实际需要采用的TBS。In some feasible implementation manners, after receiving the DCI sent by the network device, the terminal device may interpret the 'Modulation and coding scheme' field in the DCI, and determine a retransmission message by using some bits in the 'Modulation and coding scheme' field. The designated TBS (i.e., the first TBS) that is allowed to be used, and the target TBS used by the retransmission message 3 can be determined according to the indication of the partial TBS and/or the partial bits in the above-mentioned 'Modulation and coding scheme' field. The foregoing target TBS is a TBS that the terminal device actually needs to use to resend the message 3 to the network device.
可选的,当上述‘Modulation and coding scheme’域中的部分比特所指示的指定TBS可为第一候选TBS集合和/或第二候选TBS集合中的一个,终端设备确定了上述指定TBS之后,则将该指定TBS确定为目标TBS。终端设备使用目标TBS重传消息3,网络设备接收到消息3之后,不需要进行TBS盲检测。即,此时网络设备对消息3进行盲检测的盲检测TBS集合为空。Optionally, when the specified TBS indicated by the partial bits in the above-mentioned 'Modulation and coding scheme' field may be one of the first candidate TBS set and/or the second candidate TBS set, after the terminal device determines the specified TBS, Then the designated TBS is determined as the target TBS. The terminal device retransmits the message 3 using the target TBS, and after receiving the message 3, the network device does not need to perform TBS blind detection. That is, at this time, the blind detection TBS set of the network device blindly detecting the message 3 is empty.
可选的,当上述‘Modulation and coding scheme’域中的部分比特所指示的指定TBS可为第一候选TBS集合和/或第二候选TBS集合中的一个,并且‘Modulation and coding scheme’域中的部分比特指示允许使用小于或者等于指定TBS的候选TBS进行调度传输消息的重新发送时,终端设备可从候选TBS集合中选择小于或者等于指定TBS的一个候选TBS,将选择的候选TBS确定为目标TBS。终端设备使用目标TBS重传消息3,此时,网络设备不知道终端设备实际采用的TBS的大小,因此网络设备接收到消息3之后,需要进行TBS盲检测。网络设备在接收终端设备重传的TBS时进行TBS盲检测,此时,网络设备盲检测的TBS范围(即盲检测TBS集合,下面不再赘述)为系统消息广播的最大TBS对应的候选TBS集合(例如第一候选TBS集合)中小于指定TBS的候选TBS所组成的集合。其中,终端设备重传消息3所使用的TBS可与初传消息3所使用的TBS相同,在此不做限制。Optionally, when the specified TBS indicated by the partial bits in the above-mentioned 'Modulation and coding scheme' field may be one of the first candidate TBS set and/or the second candidate TBS set, and the 'Modulation and coding scheme' domain The partial bit indicates that when the candidate TBS less than or equal to the designated TBS is allowed to perform retransmission of the scheduled transmission message, the terminal device may select one candidate TBS less than or equal to the designated TBS from the candidate TBS set, and determine the selected candidate TBS as the target. TBS. The terminal device retransmits the message 3 using the target TBS. At this time, the network device does not know the size of the TBS actually used by the terminal device. Therefore, after receiving the message 3, the network device needs to perform TBS blind detection. The network device performs the TBS blind detection when receiving the TBS retransmitted by the terminal device. At this time, the TBS range of the blind detection of the network device (that is, the blind detection TBS set, which will not be described below) is the candidate TBS set corresponding to the maximum TBS of the system message broadcast. A set of candidate TBSs smaller than the specified TBS (eg, the first candidate TBS set). The TBS used by the terminal device to retransmit the message 3 may be the same as the TBS used in the initial message 3, and is not limited herein.
例如,若网络设备通过系统消息中广播的最大TBS是1000比特,网络设备配置的终端设备允许使用的预设TBS数量为4,即候选TBS集合为{328,536,776,1000}。终端设备可从上述候选TBS集合中确定一个候选TBS进行消息3的重新发送。网络设备会基于这四 种TBS的假设进行TBS盲检测,即,此时网络设备对消息3进行盲检测的盲检测TBS集合为{328,536,776,1000}。假设终端设备初传消息3所选择的TBS是328比特,根据DCI中的‘Modulation and coding scheme’域(I MCS)中部分比特确定重传消息3所允许使用的指定TBS是536比特,并且根据‘Modulation and coding scheme’域(I MCS)的部分比特确定在重传消息3时允许使用小于指定TBS(536比特)的TBS进行消息发送,则终端设备在重传消息3时可从{328,536}中确定出重传消息3的目标TBS,并基于目标TBS向网络设备发送消息3。网络设备接收终端设备重传的消息3是基于{328,536}两种TBS假设进行盲检测以解调和译码消息3。 For example, if the maximum TBS broadcasted by the network device through the system message is 1000 bits, the number of preset TBSs allowed by the terminal device configured by the network device is 4, that is, the candidate TBS set is {328, 536, 776, 1000}. The terminal device may determine one candidate TBS from the above-mentioned candidate TBS set to perform retransmission of the message 3. The network device performs TBS blind detection based on the assumptions of the four TBSs, that is, the blind detection TBS set of the network device blindly detecting the message 3 is {328, 536, 776, 1000}. Assume that the TBS selected by the terminal device initial message 3 is 328 bits, and the specified TBS allowed to be used by the retransmission message 3 according to the partial bits in the 'Modulation and coding scheme' field (I MCS ) in the DCI is 536 bits, and according to The partial bits of the 'Modulation and coding scheme' field (I MCS ) determine that when the message 3 is retransmitted, the TBS that is smaller than the specified TBS (536 bits) is allowed to perform the message transmission, and the terminal device can retransmit the message 3 from {328,536}. The target TBS of the retransmission message 3 is determined, and the message 3 is sent to the network device based on the target TBS. The message 3 of the network device receiving the retransmission of the terminal device is blind detection based on the two TBS assumptions of {328, 536} to demodulate and decode the message 3.
可选的,当上述‘Modulation and coding scheme’域中的部分比特所指示的指定TBS可为候选TBS集合中的一个,并且‘Modulation and coding scheme’域中的部分比特指示不允许使用小于或者等于指定TBS的候选TBS进行调度传输消息的重新发送时,终端设备确定了上述指定TBS之后,则将该指定TBS确定为目标TBS。终端设备使用目标TBS重传消息3,网络设备接收到消息3之后,不需要进行TBS盲检测。Optionally, the specified TBS indicated by the partial bits in the 'Modulation and coding scheme' field may be one of the candidate TBS sets, and the partial bits in the 'Modulation and coding scheme' field indicate that the use is less than or equal to When the candidate TBS of the designated TBS performs retransmission of the scheduled transmission message, after the terminal device determines the specified TBS, the designated TBS is determined as the target TBS. The terminal device retransmits the message 3 using the target TBS, and after receiving the message 3, the network device does not need to perform TBS blind detection.
可选的,如果上述‘Modulation and coding scheme’域中的部分比特所指示的指定TBS可为候选TBS集合中的一个,并且指定TBS的大小大于终端设备实际需要采用的TBS,终端设备按照实际需要采用的TBS进行消息3的重新发送。网络设备接收到消息3之后,进行TBS盲检测以解调和译码消息3。如果指定TBS的大小小于终端设备实际需要采用的TBS,终端设备则按照如下方式一或者方式二确定重传消息3所采用的目标TBS。其中,上述终端设备实际需要采用的TBS为终端设备根据其所需上传的上行业务数据的大小确定的TBS。例如,当终端设备实际所需上传的上行业务数据大小为400bits,终端设备实际需要采用的TBS可为500bits。Optionally, if the specified TBS indicated by the part of the bits in the 'Modulation and coding scheme' field may be one of the candidate TBS sets, and the size of the designated TBS is greater than the TBS actually required by the terminal device, the terminal device according to actual needs The used TBS performs retransmission of message 3. After receiving the message 3, the network device performs TBS blind detection to demodulate and decode the message 3. If the size of the designated TBS is smaller than the TBS actually required by the terminal device, the terminal device determines the target TBS used by the retransmission message 3 according to the following manner. The TBS that the terminal device actually needs to adopt is a TBS determined by the terminal device according to the size of the uplink service data that it needs to upload. For example, when the uplink service data that the terminal device actually needs to upload is 400 bits, the TBS that the terminal device actually needs to use may be 500 bits.
方式一:将通信协议规定大小的TBS确定为目标TBS。Manner 1: The TBS of the specified size of the communication protocol is determined as the target TBS.
可选的,终端设备可按照协议3GPP TS36.213中16.3.3节中描述的88bits进行消息3的重传,即,终端设备可将协议规定的88bits确定为消息3重传的目标TBS。网络设备在接收重传消息3时除了按照最多4种TBS(例如{328,536,776,1000})进行TBS盲检测外,还需要盲检测88bits。Optionally, the terminal device may perform retransmission of the message 3 according to the 88 bits described in the section 16.3.3 of the protocol 3GPP TS 36.213, that is, the terminal device may determine the 88 bits specified by the protocol as the target TBS of the message 3 retransmission. When the network device receives the retransmission message 3, in addition to performing TBS blind detection according to up to 4 types of TBSs (for example, {328, 536, 776, 1000}), it is also necessary to blindly detect 88 bits.
方式二:将第一TBS确定为目标TBS。Manner 2: The first TBS is determined as the target TBS.
可选的,终端设备可将协议3GPP TS36.213中16.3.3节中描述的88bits填充至与指定TBS(即第一TBS)一样大小,并按照指定TBS进行消息3的重传。即,终端设备可将协议规定的88bits填充至与指定TBS一样大小,并将填充至与指定TBS一样大小的TBS确定为消息3重传的目标TBS。Optionally, the terminal device may fill the 88 bits of the protocol described in section 16.3.3 of the 3GPP TS 36.213 to the same size as the designated TBS (ie, the first TBS), and perform retransmission of the message 3 according to the designated TBS. That is, the terminal device may fill the 88 bits specified by the protocol to the same size as the designated TBS, and determine the TBS padded to the same size as the designated TBS as the target TBS of the message 3 retransmission.
可选的,在一些可行的实施方式中,如果网络设备发送的DCI所指示的指定TBS的大小小于终端设备实际需要采用的TBS,终端设备可重新发起随机接入,或者等待随机接入的竞争解决定时超时之后重新发起随机接入,并在重新发起的随机接入过程的消息3中传输上行业务数据。或者终端设备可重新发起随机接入,或者等待随机接入的竞争解决定时超时之后重新发起随机接入,并在重新发起的随机接入过程的消息3之后传输上行业务数据。例如,终端设备实际需要采用的TBS为500bits,网络设备调度消息3重传时发送的DCI所指示的指定TBS为400bits,则终端设备可不采用网络设备的调度,并在冲突解决 (contention resolution,或称竞争解决)定时超时后进行新的随机接入尝试,从而可在重新发起的随机接入过程中传输上行业务数据。这里的随机接入尝试可以选择现有的随机接入资源,也可以选择指示EDT的随机接入资源,在此不做限制。Optionally, in some feasible implementation manners, if the size of the designated TBS indicated by the DCI sent by the network device is smaller than the TBS actually required by the terminal device, the terminal device may re-initiate random access or wait for random access competition. After the timeout expires, the random access is re-initiated, and the uplink service data is transmitted in the message 3 of the re-initiated random access procedure. Alternatively, the terminal device may re-initiate the random access, or wait for the random access competition resolution timing to timeout to re-initiate the random access, and transmit the uplink service data after the re-initiated random access procedure message 3. For example, if the TBS actually needs to be used by the terminal device is 500 bits, and the specified TBS indicated by the DCI transmitted when the network device scheduling message 3 is retransmitted is 400 bits, the terminal device may not use the scheduling of the network device, and the contention resolution (or The contention is resolved. A new random access attempt is made after the timeout expires, so that the uplink service data can be transmitted in the re-initiated random access procedure. Here, the random access attempt may select an existing random access resource or a random access resource indicating an EDT, and no limitation is imposed herein.
S203,终端设备按照目标TBS向网络设备重新发送随机接入的调度传输消息。S203. The terminal device resends the scheduled transmission message of the random access to the network device according to the target TBS.
在一些可行的实施方式中,上述调度传输消息可以是随机接入过程中承载上行业务数据的消息3,也可以是3GPP协议R13或者R14中规定的随机接入过程中终端设备向网络设备发送的消息3(88bits),在此不做限制。终端设备确定了目标TBS之后,则可向网络设备重新发送消息3。其中,上述重新发送的消息3中承载按照目标TBS传输的上行业务数据。In some feasible implementation manners, the foregoing scheduling transmission message may be the message 3 carrying the uplink service data in the random access process, or may be sent by the terminal device to the network device in the random access procedure specified in the 3GPP protocol R13 or R14. Message 3 (88bits), no restrictions here. After the terminal device determines the target TBS, the message 3 can be resent to the network device. The resent message 3 carries the uplink service data transmitted according to the target TBS.
在本申请实施例中,随机接入的调度传输消息的初次(第一次)传输的调度信息是通过RAR中上行链路授权指示的。随机接入的调度传输消息的重新传输的调度信息是DCI指示的,在NB-IoT中是通过DCI格式N0指示的。在eMTC中是通过DCI格式6-0A或DCI格式6-0B指示的。In the embodiment of the present application, the scheduling information of the first (first) transmission of the random access scheduled transmission message is indicated by the uplink grant in the RAR. The scheduling information of the retransmission of the random access scheduled transmission message is indicated by the DCI, and is indicated by the DCI format N0 in the NB-IoT. In the eMTC, it is indicated by DCI format 6-0A or DCI format 6-0B.
在本申请实施例中,终端设备向网络设备重传消息3所采用的TBS可基于DCI中调制编码方案域的部分比特指示的TBS确定,增加了重传消息3所采用的TBS的确定方式多样性,终端设备重传消息3的实现更灵活。同时,终端设备可直接由DCI中调制编码方案域的部分比特确定重传消息3的TBS,基于该TBS确定重传消息3的TBS,从而可避免网络设备接收重传消息3时对TBS所进行的不必要的盲检,可提高随机接入过程中传输数据的效率和可靠性,适用性更强。In the embodiment of the present application, the TBS used by the terminal device to retransmit the message 3 to the network device may be determined according to the TBS indicated by the partial bit of the modulation and coding scheme field in the DCI, and the method for determining the TBS used by the retransmission message 3 is increased. Sex, the implementation of the terminal device retransmission message 3 is more flexible. At the same time, the terminal device can determine the TBS of the retransmission message 3 directly from the partial bits of the modulation coding scheme field in the DCI, and determine the TBS of the retransmission message 3 based on the TBS, so as to prevent the network device from performing the retransmission message 3 on the TBS. The unnecessary blind detection can improve the efficiency and reliability of data transmission during the random access process, and the applicability is stronger.
实施例二:Embodiment 2:
在实施例一中,通过网络设备向终端设备发送的DCI中的调制编码方案域的部分比特可直接指示终端设备重传消息3所允许使用的TBS,和/或指示终端设备重传消息3是否允许使用小于上述DCI所允许使用的TBS的某个TBS进行消息发送。除此之外,本申请实施例也可通过网络设备向终端设备发送的DCI中的调制编码方案域的部分比特可直接指示终端设备重传消息3是否允许使用小于所允许使用的TBS的其他TBS进行消息发送,而不需要指示允许使用的TBS,增加了终端设备重传消息3所使用的TBS的选择方式多样性,同时也可节省占用调制编码方案域的比特,节省资源。In the first embodiment, part of the bits of the modulation and coding scheme field in the DCI transmitted by the network device to the terminal device may directly indicate that the terminal device retransmits the TBS allowed to be used by the message 3, and/or indicates whether the terminal device retransmits the message 3 It is allowed to use a certain TBS that is smaller than the TBS allowed by the above DCI for message transmission. In addition, the partial bits of the modulation and coding scheme field in the DCI that can be sent by the network device to the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application can directly indicate whether the terminal device retransmits the message 3 to allow other TBSs smaller than the allowed TBS to be used. The message transmission is performed without indicating the TBS that is allowed to be used, and the diversity of the selection manner of the TBS used by the terminal device to retransmit the message 3 is increased, and the bits occupying the modulation and coding scheme domain are also saved, thereby saving resources.
参见图6,图6是本申请实施例提供的随机接入过程中消息传输的方法的另一流程示意图。本申请实施例提供的方法可包括步骤:Referring to FIG. 6, FIG. 6 is another schematic flowchart of a method for message transmission in a random access procedure according to an embodiment of the present application. The method provided by the embodiment of the present application may include the following steps:
S301,终端设备接收网络设备广播的系统消息,根据接收的系统消息确定允许使用的最大TBS。S301. The terminal device receives a system message broadcast by the network device, and determines, according to the received system message, a maximum TBS that is allowed to be used.
在一些可行的实施方式中,网络设备通过系统消息所广播的最大TBS的大小(单位为bits)可为{1000,936,808,680,584,504,408,328}。其中,最大TBS的大小不同,其所对应的可选TBS的数量与可选TBS的大小取值也不相同,具体可查询上述表2。终端设备可接收网络设备广播的系统消息,通过系统消息所广播的最大TBS查询表2,从而可确定最大TBS对应的可选TBS。如表2所示,若网络设备通过系统消息所广播的最大TBS为1000bits时,终端设备重传消息3所采用的可选TBS有4个,分别为T1、T2、T3和T4。如表2所示,上述T1、T2、T3和T4的取值分别为328、536、776和1000。此时,上述T1、 T2、T3和T4可为终端设备重传消息3的候选TBS。In some feasible implementation manners, the size (in bits) of the maximum TBS broadcast by the network device through the system message may be {1000, 936, 808, 680, 584, 504, 408, 328}. The size of the maximum TBS is different, and the number of the optional TBSs is different from the size of the optional TBS. For details, refer to Table 2 above. The terminal device can receive the system message broadcasted by the network device, and the maximum TBS query table 2 broadcasted by the system message, so that the optional TBS corresponding to the largest TBS can be determined. As shown in Table 2, if the maximum TBS broadcast by the network device through the system message is 1000 bits, the terminal device retransmits the message 3 using four optional TBSs, which are respectively T1, T2, T3, and T4. As shown in Table 2, the above values of T1, T2, T3 and T4 are 328, 536, 776 and 1000, respectively. At this time, the above T1, T2, T3 and T4 may be candidate TBSs for the terminal device to retransmit the message 3.
S302,终端设备从网络设备接收下行控制信息。S302. The terminal device receives downlink control information from the network device.
在一些可行的实施方式中,终端设备从网络设备接收DCI的实现方式可参见上述实施例一中步骤S101所提供的实现方式,在此不再赘述。In some implementations, the implementation manner of the terminal device receiving the DCI from the network device may be referred to the implementation manner provided in step S101 in the foregoing Embodiment 1, and details are not described herein again.
可选的,上述DCI中可包括调制编码方案域,该调制编码方案域的部分比特用于指示是否允许使用小于或者等于网络设备系统消息所广播的最大TBS的候选TBS进行消息3的重新发送。终端设备在消息3重传时可对DCI format N0中‘Modulation and coding scheme’域(I MCS)进行重新解读。‘Modulation and coding scheme’域(I MCS)中的1比特可以用来指示是否在消息3重传时允许终端设备使用小于系统消息所广播的最大TBS进行传输。可选的,对于DCI format N0中的其它域的调度消息,终端设备可采用协议3GPP TS36.212中6.4.3.1节所规定的实现方式去解读,在此不做限制。 Optionally, the DCI may include a modulation coding scheme field, where a part of the bits of the modulation coding scheme field is used to indicate whether to allow retransmission of the message 3 by using a candidate TBS that is less than or equal to the maximum TBS broadcast by the network device system message. The terminal device can reinterpret the 'Modulation and coding scheme' field (I MCS ) in DCI format N0 when message 3 is retransmitted. The 1 bit in the 'Modulation and coding scheme' field (I MCS ) can be used to indicate whether the terminal device is allowed to transmit using the largest TBS less than the system message broadcast when the message 3 is retransmitted. Optionally, for the scheduling message of other domains in the DCI format N0, the terminal device can be interpreted by using the implementation manner specified in the 6.4.3.1 section of the protocol 3GPP TS 36.212, which is not limited herein.
S303,终端设备根据最大TBS和调制编码方案域的部分比特的指示确定目标TBS。S303. The terminal device determines the target TBS according to the indication of the maximum TBS and the partial bits of the modulation and coding scheme field.
S304,终端设备按照目标TBS向网络设备重新发送随机接入的调度传输消息。S304. The terminal device resends the scheduled transmission message of the random access to the network device according to the target TBS.
可选的,在一些可行的实施方式中,如果终端设备从网络设备接收的DCI中‘Modulation and coding scheme’域(I MCS)中1比特指示在重传消息3时不允许终端设备使用小于该DCI所指示的TBS(即系统消息所广播的最大TBS),终端设备从上述DCI中解读得到该指示则可在重传消息3时使用系统消息广播的最大TBS进行发送。网络设备在接收终端设备重传的消息3时不进行TBS盲检测,可减少网络设备盲检测的资源浪费,提高随机接入过程中传输数据的效率。 Optionally, in some feasible implementation manners, if the terminal device receives a bit from the network device, the 1 bit in the 'Modulation and coding scheme' field (I MCS ) indicates that the terminal device is not allowed to use less than when retransmitting the message 3 The TBS indicated by the DCI (ie, the maximum TBS broadcasted by the system message), and the terminal device interprets the indication from the DCI to transmit the maximum TBS of the system message broadcast when retransmitting the message 3. The network device does not perform TBS blind detection when receiving the message 3 retransmitted by the terminal device, which can reduce the waste of resources for blind detection of the network device and improve the efficiency of data transmission during the random access process.
如果终端设备从网络设备接收的DCI中‘Modulation and coding scheme’域(I MCS)中1比特指示在重传消息3时允许终端设备使用小于该DCI所指示的TBS时,终端设备则在重传消息3时可以在系统消息所广播的最大TBS对应的候选TBS集合,例如{T1,T2,T3,T4}中确定一个候选TBS进行消息3的重新发送。此时,终端设备从候选TBS集合中选择的该候选TBS可小于或者等于系统消息所广播的最大TBS。网络设备在接收终端设备重传的消息3时进行TBS盲检测,网络设备盲检测的TBS范围为候选TBS集合{T1,T2,T3,T4}。此时,终端设备确定重传消息3所采用的TBS与确定初传消息3所采用的TBS的方式相同,在此不再赘述。 If the 1 bit in the 'Modulation and coding scheme' field (I MCS ) in the DCI received by the terminal device from the network device indicates that the terminal device is allowed to use the TBS smaller than the DCI indicated when retransmitting the message 3, the terminal device is retransmitting At message 3, a candidate TBS may be determined to retransmit the message 3 in the candidate TBS set corresponding to the largest TBS broadcasted by the system message, for example, {T1, T2, T3, T4}. At this time, the candidate TBS selected by the terminal device from the candidate TBS set may be less than or equal to the maximum TBS broadcast by the system message. The network device performs TBS blind detection when receiving the message 3 retransmitted by the terminal device, and the TBS range of the network device blind detection is the candidate TBS set {T1, T2, T3, T4}. At this time, the terminal device determines that the TBS used in the retransmission message 3 is the same as the TBS used to determine the initial transmission message 3, and details are not described herein again.
例如,网络设备的系统消息中广播的最大TBS是1000比特,网络设备配置的终端设备重传消息3所允许使用的TBS的预设TBS数量为4,即候选TBS集合为{328,536,776,1000}。终端设备可从上述候选TBS集合中确定一个候选TBS作为目标TBS,并按照目标TBS向网络设备重新发送消息3。网络设备会基于上述候选TBS集合中的这四种TBS假设进行盲检测。假设终端设备初传消息3所选择的TBS是328比特,当终端设备根据网络设备发送的DCI中的‘Modulation and coding scheme’域(I MCS)中1比特确定在重传消息3时不允许使用小于该DCI(或称重传DCI)指示的TBS时,终端设备可在重传消息3时选择和系统消息所广播的最大TBS相同(即1000比特)的TBS,并基于最大TBS向网络设备重新发送消息3。网络设备在接收终端设备重传的消息3时不进行TBS盲检测。当终端设备根据网络设备发送的DCI中‘Modulation and coding scheme’域(I MCS)的1比特确定在重传消息3时允许使用小于该DCI所指示的TBS时,终端设备在重传消息3时可从上述候选 TBS集合{328,536,776,1000}中确定重传消息3所使用的目标TBS,并按照目标TBS向网络设备重新发送消息3。网络设备接收消息3时,基于候选TBS集合{328,536,776,1000}中的四种假设进行盲检测。 For example, the maximum TBS broadcasted in the system message of the network device is 1000 bits, and the number of preset TBSs of the TBS allowed by the terminal device retransmission message 3 configured by the network device is 4, that is, the candidate TBS set is {328, 536, 776. , 1000}. The terminal device may determine one candidate TBS as the target TBS from the candidate TBS set, and resend the message 3 to the network device according to the target TBS. The network device performs blind detection based on the four TBS hypotheses in the candidate TBS set described above. It is assumed that the TBS selected by the terminal device initial message 3 is 328 bits. When the terminal device determines, according to the 1 bit in the 'Modulation and coding scheme' field (I MCS ) in the DCI sent by the network device, the message is not allowed when retransmitting the message 3. When the TBS is smaller than the DCI indicated by the DCI (or the retransmission DCI), the terminal device may select the TBS that is the same as the maximum TBS broadcasted by the system message (ie, 1000 bits) when retransmitting the message 3, and re-establish the network device based on the maximum TBS. Send message 3. The network device does not perform TBS blind detection when receiving the message 3 retransmitted by the terminal device. When the terminal device determines, according to the 1 bit of the 'Modulation and coding scheme' field (I MCS ) in the DCI sent by the network device, that the TBS indicated by the DCI is allowed to be used when retransmitting the message 3, the terminal device retransmits the message 3 The target TBS used by the retransmission message 3 can be determined from the candidate TBS set {328, 536, 776, 1000} described above, and the message 3 is retransmitted to the network device according to the target TBS. When the network device receives the message 3, it performs blind detection based on four assumptions in the candidate TBS set {328, 536, 776, 1000}.
在本申请实施例中,网络设备可根据负载情况在向终端设备发送的DCI中快速调整‘Modulation and coding scheme’域(I MCS)的1比特的取值,通过这1比特的取值来使能或者去使能接收终端设备重传的消息3时的TBS盲检测,可降低消息接收的资源浪费,从而可提高随机接入过程中传输数据的效率和可靠性,适用性更强。终端设备向网络设备重传消息3所采用的TBS可基于DCI中调制编码方案域的这2比特指示确定TBS,增加了重传消息3所采用的TBS的确定方式多样性,实现更灵活。 In the embodiment of the present application, the network device can quickly adjust the value of 1 bit of the 'Modulation and coding scheme' field (I MCS ) in the DCI sent to the terminal device according to the load condition, and the value of the 1 bit is used to make the value of the 1 bit. The TBS blind detection when the message 3 of the retransmission of the terminal device can be enabled or disabled can reduce the waste of message reception, thereby improving the efficiency and reliability of data transmission during the random access process, and the applicability is stronger. The TBS used by the terminal device to retransmit the message 3 to the network device may determine the TBS based on the 2-bit indication of the modulation and coding scheme field in the DCI, and increase the diversity of the TBS adopted by the retransmission message 3 to achieve more flexibility.
实施例三:Embodiment 3:
参见图7,图7是本申请实施例提供的随机接入过程中消息传输的方法的另一流程示意图。本申请实施例提供的方法可包括步骤:Referring to FIG. 7, FIG. 7 is another schematic flowchart of a method for message transmission in a random access procedure according to an embodiment of the present application. The method provided by the embodiment of the present application may include the following steps:
S401,终端设备从网络设备接收下行控制信息。S401. The terminal device receives downlink control information from the network device.
在一些可行的实施方式中,网络设备不需要在向终端设备发送的DCI中修改调制编码方案域的调度信息。终端设备可从网络设备接收用于调度消息3重传的DCI,并采用协议3GPP TS36.212中6.4.3.1节所规定的实现方式去解读DCI中各个域的调度信息。其中,上述DCI中调制编码方案域的调度信息可用于指示终端设备重新发送消息3所允许使用的TBS,终端设备可按照协议3GPP TS36.212中6.4.3.1节所规定的实现方式去解读调制编码方案域的调度信息,确定网络设备所指示的允许使用的TBS。In some possible implementations, the network device does not need to modify the scheduling information of the modulation and coding scheme domain in the DCI sent to the terminal device. The terminal device may receive the DCI for scheduling message 3 retransmission from the network device, and interpret the scheduling information of each domain in the DCI by using an implementation manner as specified in 6.4.3.1 of the protocol 3GPP TS 36.212. The scheduling information of the modulation and coding scheme field in the DCI may be used to indicate that the terminal device retransmits the TBS allowed by the message 3. The terminal device may interpret the modulation code according to the implementation manner specified in the 6.4.3.1 section of the protocol 3GPP TS36.212. The scheduling information of the solution domain determines the allowed TBS indicated by the network device.
在一些可行的实施方式中,网络设备不需要在向终端设备发送的DCI中修改调制编码方案域的调度信息。终端设备可从网络设备接收用于调度消息3重传的DCI,并采用协议3GPP TS36.212中6.4.3.1节所规定的实现方式去解读DCI中各个域的调度信息。其中,上述DCI中调制编码方案域的调度信息可用于指示终端设备重新发送消息3的第二TBS。终端设备根据第二TBS从候选TBS集合中选择与第二TBS数值最接近的候选TBS,或者从候选TBS集合中选择与第二TBS数值最接近的且大于第二TBS的候选TBS,或者从候选TBS集合中选择与第二TBS数值最接近的且小于第二TBS的候选TBS。将选择的候选TBS作为第一TBS。例如终端设备可解读DCI format N0中的‘资源分配(resource assignment)’域,通过解读‘Resource assignment’域获取资源单元(resource unit,RU)的索引(index,为方便描述可记为I RU),通过解读DCI format N0中‘调制编码方案(modulation and coding scheme,MCS)’域获取MCS的索引(index,为方便描述可记为I MCS)。终端设备可根据I MCS确定TBS的索引(记为I TBS),进而可根据(I TBS,I RU)和表1确定第二TBS。表1为用于NPDCCH的传输块大小(TBS)查询表(即3GPP TS36.212中的Table 16.5.1.2-2:Transport block size(TBS)table for NPUSCH),可参见3GPP TS36.213中16.5.1.2节,在此不做限制。终端设备根据第二TBS从候选TBS集合中选择与第二TBS数值最接近的候选TBS,或者从候选TBS集合中选择与第二TBS数值最接近的且大于第二TBS的候选TBS,或者从候选TBS集合中选择与第二TBS数值最接近的且小于第二TBS的候选TBS。将选择的候选TBS作为第一TBS。具体可根据实际应用场景确定,在此不做限制。 In some possible implementations, the network device does not need to modify the scheduling information of the modulation and coding scheme domain in the DCI sent to the terminal device. The terminal device may receive the DCI for scheduling message 3 retransmission from the network device, and interpret the scheduling information of each domain in the DCI by using an implementation manner as specified in 6.4.3.1 of the protocol 3GPP TS 36.212. The scheduling information of the modulation and coding scheme field in the DCI may be used to instruct the terminal device to resend the second TBS of the message 3. The terminal device selects a candidate TBS that is closest to the second TBS value from the candidate TBS set according to the second TBS, or selects a candidate TBS that is closest to the second TBS value and larger than the second TBS, or a candidate from the candidate TBS set. A candidate TBS that is closest to the second TBS value and smaller than the second TBS is selected in the TBS set. The selected candidate TBS is taken as the first TBS. For example, the terminal device can interpret the 'resource assignment' field in the DCI format N0, and obtain the index of the resource unit (RU) by interpreting the 'Resource assignment' field (index, which can be recorded as IRU for convenience description) The index of the MCS (index, which can be recorded as I MCS for convenience of description) is obtained by interpreting the 'modulation and coding scheme (MCS)' field in DCI format N0. The terminal device may determine an index of the TBS (referred to as I TBS ) according to the I MCS , and then determine the second TBS according to (I TBS , I RU ) and Table 1. Table 1 is a transport block size (TBS) lookup table for NPDCCH (ie, Table 16.5.1.2-2 in 3GPP TS 36.212: Transport block size (TBS) table for NPUSCH), see 16.5 in 3GPP TS 36.213. Section 1.2, no restrictions here. The terminal device selects a candidate TBS that is closest to the second TBS value from the candidate TBS set according to the second TBS, or selects a candidate TBS that is closest to the second TBS value and larger than the second TBS, or a candidate from the candidate TBS set. A candidate TBS that is closest to the second TBS value and smaller than the second TBS is selected in the TBS set. The selected candidate TBS is taken as the first TBS. It can be determined according to the actual application scenario, and no limitation is imposed here.
S402,终端设备根据第一TBS确定目标TBS。S402. The terminal device determines the target TBS according to the first TBS.
S403,终端设备按照目标TBS向网络设备重新发送调度传输消息。S403. The terminal device resends the scheduling transmission message to the network device according to the target TBS.
可选的,在一些可行的实施方式中,若终端设备从网络设备接收的DCI所指示的重传消息3所允许使用的TBS(即第一TBS)大于或者等于终端设备实际需要采用的TBS时,终端设备可将实际需要采用的TBS确定为目标TBS。终端设备基于实际需要采用的TBS向网络设备重新发送消息3,网络设备接收到消息3之后,进行TBS盲检测以解调和译码消息3中的内容。Optionally, in some feasible implementation manners, if the TBS (ie, the first TBS) allowed by the retransmission message 3 indicated by the DCI received by the terminal device from the network device is greater than or equal to the TBS actually needed by the terminal device, The terminal device can determine the TBS actually needed to be used as the target TBS. The terminal device resends the message 3 to the network device based on the TBS actually needed. After receiving the message 3, the network device performs TBS blind detection to demodulate and decode the content in the message 3.
可选的,在一些可行的实施方式中,若终端设备从网络设备接收的DCI所指示的重传消息3所允许使用的TBS小于终端设备实际需要采用的TBS,终端设备则按照如下方式一或者方式二确定重传消息3所采用的目标TBS。其中,上述终端设备实际需要采用的TBS为终端设备根据其所需上传的上行业务数据大小确定的TBS。例如,当终端设备实际所需上传的上行业务数据大小为400bits,终端设备实际需要采用的TBS可为500bits。Optionally, in some feasible implementation manners, if the TBS allowed by the retransmission message 3 indicated by the DCI received by the terminal device from the network device is smaller than the TBS actually required by the terminal device, the terminal device is as follows: Mode 2 determines the target TBS used by the retransmission message 3. The TBS that the terminal device actually needs to adopt is a TBS determined by the terminal device according to the size of the uplink service data that it needs to upload. For example, when the uplink service data that the terminal device actually needs to upload is 400 bits, the TBS that the terminal device actually needs to use may be 500 bits.
方式一:将通信协议规定大小的TBS确定为目标TBS。Manner 1: The TBS of the specified size of the communication protocol is determined as the target TBS.
可选的,终端设备可按照协议3GPP TS36.213中16.3.3节中描述的88bits进行消息3的重传,即,终端设备可将协议规定的88bits确定为消息3重传的目标TBS。网络设备在接收重传消息3时除了按照最多4种TBS(例如{328,536,776,1000})进行盲检测外,还需要盲检测88bits。Optionally, the terminal device may perform retransmission of the message 3 according to the 88 bits described in the section 16.3.3 of the protocol 3GPP TS 36.213, that is, the terminal device may determine the 88 bits specified by the protocol as the target TBS of the message 3 retransmission. When the network device receives the retransmission message 3, in addition to blind detection by up to 4 types of TBSs (for example, {328, 536, 776, 1000}), it is also necessary to blindly detect 88 bits.
方式二:将第一TBS确定为目标TBS,并将目标TBS填充至与指定TBS相同大小。Manner 2: The first TBS is determined as the target TBS, and the target TBS is padded to the same size as the designated TBS.
可选的,终端设备可将协议3GPP TS36.213中16.3.3节中描述的88bits填充至与指定TBS(即第一TBS)一样大小,并按照指定TBS进行消息3的重传。即,终端设备可将协议规定的88bits填充至与指定TBS一样大小,并将填充至与指定TBS一样大小的TBS确定为消息3重传的目标TBS。Optionally, the terminal device may fill the 88 bits of the protocol described in section 16.3.3 of the 3GPP TS 36.213 to the same size as the designated TBS (ie, the first TBS), and perform retransmission of the message 3 according to the designated TBS. That is, the terminal device may fill the 88 bits specified by the protocol to the same size as the designated TBS, and determine the TBS padded to the same size as the designated TBS as the target TBS of the message 3 retransmission.
可选的,在一些可行的实施方式中,如果网络设备发送的DCI所指示的指定TBS的大小小于终端设备实际需要采用的TBS,终端设备可重新发起随机接入,或者等待随机接入的竞争解决定时超时之后重新发起随机接入,并在重新发起的随机接入过程的消息3中传输上行业务数据。或者终端设备可重新发起随机接入,或者等待随机接入的竞争解决定时超时之后重新发起随机接入,并在重新发起的随机接入过程的消息3之后传输上行业务数据。例如,终端设备实际需要采用的TBS为500bits,网络设备调度消息3重传时发送的DCI所指示的指定TBS为400bits,则终端设备可不采用网络设备的调度,并在冲突解决(contention resolution,或称竞争解决)定时超时后进行新的随机接入尝试,从而可在重新发起的随机接入过程中传输上行业务数据。这里的随机接入尝试可以选择现有的随机接入资源,也可以选择指示EDT的随机接入资源,在此不做限制。Optionally, in some feasible implementation manners, if the size of the designated TBS indicated by the DCI sent by the network device is smaller than the TBS actually required by the terminal device, the terminal device may re-initiate random access or wait for random access competition. After the timeout expires, the random access is re-initiated, and the uplink service data is transmitted in the message 3 of the re-initiated random access procedure. Alternatively, the terminal device may re-initiate the random access, or wait for the random access competition resolution timing to timeout to re-initiate the random access, and transmit the uplink service data after the re-initiated random access procedure message 3. For example, if the TBS actually needs to be used by the terminal device is 500 bits, and the specified TBS indicated by the DCI transmitted when the network device scheduling message 3 is retransmitted is 400 bits, the terminal device may not use the scheduling of the network device, and the contention resolution (or The contention is resolved. A new random access attempt is made after the timeout expires, so that the uplink service data can be transmitted in the re-initiated random access procedure. Here, the random access attempt may select an existing random access resource or a random access resource indicating an EDT, and no limitation is imposed herein.
在本申请实施例中,网络设备可无需调整‘Modulation and coding scheme’域(I MCS)的各个比特的取值,实现复杂度低。终端设备可根据解读DCI中各个域的调度信息确定允许使用的TBS,同时可根据实际需要采用的TBS确定用于重传消息3的目标TBS,增加了终端设备重传消息3所使用的TBS的选择方式灵活性,同时也可节省占用调制编码方案域的比特,节省资源。 In the embodiment of the present application, the network device does not need to adjust the value of each bit of the 'Modulation and coding scheme' field (I MCS ), and the implementation complexity is low. The terminal device may determine the TBS that is allowed to be used according to the scheduling information of each domain in the DCI, and determine the target TBS for retransmitting the message 3 according to the TBS that is actually needed, and increase the TBS used by the terminal device to retransmit the message 3. The flexibility of the selection method also saves the bits occupying the modulation coding scheme domain and saves resources.
实施例四:Embodiment 4:
在上述各个实施例中,通过网络设备向终端设备发送的DCI中的调制编码方案域可指 示终端设备重传消息3所允许使用的TBS,终端设备可对DCI进行解读并根据DCI的指示确定允许使用的TBS。此外,在本申请实施例中,终端设备在解读DCI时也可以不对DCI中的调制编码方案域的调度信息进行解读,从而节省在随机接入过程中传输数据的信令开销,可提高随机接入过程中传输数据的效率和可靠性,适用性更强。In the above embodiments, the modulation and coding scheme field in the DCI transmitted by the network device to the terminal device may indicate that the terminal device retransmits the TBS allowed to be used by the message 3. The terminal device may interpret the DCI and determine the permission according to the indication of the DCI. The TBS used. In addition, in the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may not interpret the scheduling information of the modulation and coding scheme domain in the DCI when interpreting the DCI, thereby saving the signaling overhead of transmitting data in the random access process, and improving the random connection. The efficiency and reliability of data transmission during the process is more applicable.
参见图8,图8是本申请实施例提供的随机接入过程中消息传输的方法的另一流程示意图。本申请实施例提供的方法可包括步骤:Referring to FIG. 8, FIG. 8 is another schematic flowchart of a method for message transmission in a random access procedure according to an embodiment of the present application. The method provided by the embodiment of the present application may include the following steps:
S501,终端设备从网络设备接收下行控制信息。S501. The terminal device receives downlink control information from the network device.
S502,终端设备在重新发送调度传输消息之前,解读上述下行控制信息中除了调制编码方案域之外的各个域。S502. The terminal device interprets each domain except the modulation and coding scheme field in the downlink control information before resending the scheduled transmission message.
S503,终端设备根据解读得到的各个域的调度信息和目标TBS,向网络设备重新发送调度传输消息。S503. The terminal device resends the scheduling transmission message to the network device according to the intercepted scheduling information of each domain and the target TBS.
其中,上述调度传输消息为消息3,上述消息3中承载按照目标TBS传输的上行业务数据,上述目标TBS为终端设备初次向网络设备发送消息3所采用的TBS。The foregoing scheduled transmission message is the message 3. The message 3 carries the uplink service data transmitted according to the target TBS, and the target TBS is the TBS used by the terminal device to send the message 3 to the network device for the first time.
可选的,在一些可行的实施方式中,在消息3重传时对DCI format N0中‘Modulation and coding scheme’域(I MCS)不做限定。网络设备在发送调度消息3重传的DCI时,‘Modulation and coding scheme’域(I MCS)可以填充为固定值或者任意指示一个数值。终端设备在接收DCI时不解读DCI中的‘Modulation and coding scheme’域(I MCS),并保证消息3重传时所采用的TBS和初传所采用的TBS相同。终端设备可按照协议规定的方式解读DCI中除了‘Modulation and coding scheme’域(I MCS)之外的其他各个域,并可根据解读得到的各个域的调度信息和消息3初传所处采用的TBS向网络设备重新发送消息3。网络设备可采用消息3初传时所采用的相同的TBS假设对重传消息3进行盲检测。 Optionally, in some feasible implementation manners, the 'Modulation and coding scheme' field (I MCS ) in the DCI format N0 is not limited when the message 3 is retransmitted. When the network device transmits the DCI retransmitted by the scheduling message 3, the 'Modulation and coding scheme' field (I MCS ) can be filled with a fixed value or arbitrarily indicated a value. The terminal device does not interpret the 'Modulation and coding scheme' field (I MCS ) in the DCI when receiving the DCI, and ensures that the TBS used in the retransmission of the message 3 is the same as the TBS used in the initial transmission. The terminal device can interpret each domain except the 'Modulation and coding scheme' field (I MCS ) in the DCI according to the protocol, and can obtain the scheduling information of each domain according to the interpretation and the initial transmission of the message 3 The TBS resends message 3 to the network device. The network device can blindly detect the retransmission message 3 by using the same TBS assumption that the message 3 was originally transmitted.
例如,网络设备通过系统消息所广播的最大TBS是1000比特,网络设备配置的终端设备重新发送消息3所允许使用的预设TBS数量为4,即候选TBS集合为{328,536,776,1000}。终端设备可从候选TBS集合中确定一个候选TBS进行消息3的重新发送。网络设备会基于候选TBS集合中所包括候选TBS进行四种TBS假设的盲检测。假设终端设备初传消息3所选择的TBS是328比特,终端设备在接收调度消息3重传的DCI中不解读‘Modulation and coding scheme’域(I MCS)。DCI中其他各个域的调度信息的解读可采用协议规定的方式解读,在此不做限制。终端设备在重传消息3时采用和初传相同的TBS,网络设备基于候选TBS集合中的{328,536,776,1000}这四种TBS假设进行盲检测以获取消息3中包含的内容。 For example, the maximum TBS broadcast by the network device through the system message is 1000 bits, and the number of preset TBSs allowed by the terminal device resending message 3 configured by the network device is 4, that is, the candidate TBS set is {328, 536, 776, 1000. }. The terminal device may determine a candidate TBS from the candidate TBS set to perform retransmission of the message 3. The network device performs blind detection of four TBS hypotheses based on candidate TBSs included in the candidate TBS set. It is assumed that the TBS selected by the terminal device initial message 3 is 328 bits, and the terminal device does not interpret the 'Modulation and coding scheme' field (I MCS ) in the DCI that receives the retransmission of the scheduling message 3. The interpretation of the scheduling information of other domains in the DCI can be interpreted in the manner specified by the protocol, and is not limited herein. The terminal device uses the same TBS as the initial transmission when retransmitting the message 3. The network device performs blind detection based on the four TBS hypotheses of {328, 536, 776, 1000} in the candidate TBS set to obtain the content contained in the message 3.
在本申请实施例中,终端设备在解读DCI时也可以不对DCI中的调制编码方案域的调度信息进行解读,从而可节省在随机接入过程中传输数据的信令开销,可提高随机接入过程中传输数据的效率和可靠性,适用性更强。In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may not interpret the scheduling information of the modulation and coding scheme domain in the DCI when interpreting the DCI, thereby saving signaling overhead of transmitting data in the random access process, and improving random access. The efficiency and reliability of data transmission during the process is more applicable.
请参见图9,图9是本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图。如图9所示,本申请实施例提供的通信装置90包括处理器901、存储器902、收发器903和总线系统904。Referring to FIG. 9, FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication apparatus according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 9, the communication device 90 provided by the embodiment of the present application includes a processor 901, a memory 902, a transceiver 903, and a bus system 904.
其中,上述处理器901、存储器902和收发器903通过总线系统904连接。The processor 901, the memory 902 and the transceiver 903 are connected by a bus system 904.
上述存储器902用于存放程序。具体地,程序可以包括程序代码,程序代码包括计算机操作指令。存储器902包括但不限于是随机存储记忆体(random access memory,RAM)、 只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable programmable read only memory,EPROM)、或便携式只读存储器(compact disc read-only memory,CD-ROM)。图9中仅示出了一个存储器,当然,存储器也可以根据需要,设置为多个。存储器902也可以是处理器901中的存储器,在此不做限制。The above memory 902 is used to store programs. In particular, the program can include program code, the program code including computer operating instructions. The memory 902 includes, but is not limited to, a random access memory (RAM), a read-only memory (ROM), an erasable programmable read only memory (EPROM), or Portable disc read-only memory (CD-ROM). Only one memory is shown in Fig. 9, and of course, the memory can be set to a plurality as needed. The memory 902 may also be a memory in the processor 901, which is not limited herein.
存储器902存储了如下的元素,可执行模块或者数据结构,或者它们的子集,或者它们的扩展集:The memory 902 stores the following elements, executable modules or data structures, or a subset thereof, or an extended set thereof:
操作指令:包括各种操作指令,用于实现各种操作。Operation instructions: include various operation instructions for implementing various operations.
操作系统:包括各种系统程序,用于实现各种基础业务以及处理基于硬件的任务。Operating system: Includes a variety of system programs for implementing various basic services and handling hardware-based tasks.
上述处理器901控制通信装置90的操作,处理器901可以是一个或多个中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU),在处理器901是一个CPU的情况下,该CPU可以是单核CPU,也可以是多核CPU。The processor 901 controls the operation of the communication device 90. The processor 901 may be one or more central processing units (CPUs). In the case that the processor 901 is a CPU, the CPU may be a single-core CPU. It can also be a multi-core CPU.
具体的应用中,通信装置90的各个组件通过总线系统904耦合在一起,其中总线系统904除包括数据总线之外,还可以包括电源总线、控制总线和状态信号总线等。但是为了清楚说明起见,在图9中将各种总线都标为总线系统904。为便于表示,图9中仅是示意性画出。In a specific application, the various components of the communication device 90 are coupled together by a bus system 904, which may include, in addition to the data bus, a power bus, a control bus, a status signal bus, and the like. However, for clarity of description, various buses are labeled as bus system 904 in FIG. For ease of representation, only the schematic drawing is shown in FIG.
上述本申请实施例提供的图5至图8中的任一个,或者上述各个实施例揭示的终端设备的方法;或者上述本申请实施例提供的图5至图8中的任一个,或者上述各个实施例的网络设备的方法可以应用于处理器901和收发器903中,或者由处理器901和收发器903实现。处理器901可能是一种集成电路芯片,具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中,上述方法的各步骤可以通过处理器901中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。上述的处理器901可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processing,DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(field-programmable gate array,FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件。可以实现或者执行本申请实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件译码处理器执行完成,或者用译码处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器,闪存、只读存储器,可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器902,处理器901和收发器903可读取存储器902中的信息,结合其硬件执行图5至图8中的任一个,或者上述各个实施例所描述的终端设备的方法步骤;或者结合其硬件执行图5至图8中的任一个,或者上述各个实施例所描述的网络设备的方法步骤。Any of the methods of the terminal device disclosed in the foregoing embodiments of the present application, or the method of the terminal device disclosed in the foregoing embodiments; or any one of the foregoing FIG. 5 to FIG. 8 provided by the embodiment of the present application, or each of the foregoing The method of the network device of the embodiment may be applied to the processor 901 and the transceiver 903, or may be implemented by the processor 901 and the transceiver 903. The processor 901 may be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capabilities. In the implementation process, each step of the foregoing method may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor 901 or an instruction in a form of software. The processor 901 may be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processing (DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a field-programmable gate array (FPGA), or Other programmable logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components. The methods, steps, and logical block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present application can be implemented or executed. The general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor or any conventional processor or the like. The steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be directly implemented by the hardware decoding processor, or may be performed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor. The software module can be located in a conventional storage medium such as random access memory, flash memory, read only memory, programmable read only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers, and the like. The storage medium is located in the memory 902, and the processor 901 and the transceiver 903 can read the information in the memory 902, perform any one of FIG. 5 to FIG. 8 in combination with the hardware thereof, or the method steps of the terminal device described in the above embodiments. Or performing the method steps of any one of FIG. 5 to FIG. 8 or the network device described in the above embodiments in combination with its hardware.
请参见图10,图10是本申请实施例提供的终端设备的结构示意图。如图10所示,本申请实施例提供的终端设备包括处理器101、存储器102、用户接口103、通信接口104、耦合器105和天线106等功能模块。上述存储器102可对应图9所示的通信装置90的存储器902。上述存储器102用于存放程序。具体地,程序可以包括程序代码,程序代码包括计算机操作指令。存储器102包括但不限于RAM、ROM、EPROM、或CD-ROM等,在此不做限制。此外,上述存储器102也可以是处理器101中的存储器,在此不做限制。Referring to FIG. 10, FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 10, the terminal device provided by the embodiment of the present application includes a function module such as a processor 101, a memory 102, a user interface 103, a communication interface 104, a coupler 105, and an antenna 106. The memory 102 described above may correspond to the memory 902 of the communication device 90 shown in FIG. The above memory 102 is used to store programs. In particular, the program can include program code, the program code including computer operating instructions. The memory 102 includes, but is not limited to, a RAM, a ROM, an EPROM, or a CD-ROM, etc., and is not limited herein. In addition, the foregoing memory 102 may also be a memory in the processor 101, which is not limited herein.
存储器102存储了如下的元素,可执行模块或者数据结构,或者它们的子集,或者它们的扩展集:The memory 102 stores the following elements, executable modules or data structures, or subsets thereof, or their extended sets:
操作指令:包括各种操作指令,用于实现各种操作。Operation instructions: include various operation instructions for implementing various operations.
操作系统:包括各种系统程序,用于实现各种基础业务以及处理基于硬件的任务。Operating system: Includes a variety of system programs for implementing various basic services and handling hardware-based tasks.
上述处理器101控制终端设备的操作,处理器101可以是一个或多个CPU。上述本申请实施例提供的图5至图8中的任一个,或者上述各个实施例揭示的终端设备的方法可以应用于处理器101中,或者由处理器101实现。处理器101可能是一种集成电路芯片,具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中,上述方法的各步骤可以通过处理器101中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。上述的处理器101可以是通用处理器、DSP、ASIC、FPGA或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件。可以实现或者执行本申请实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件译码处理器执行完成,或者用译码处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器,闪存、只读存储器,可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器102,处理器101读取存储器102中的信息,结合其硬件执行图5至图8中的任一个,或者上述各个实施例所描述的终端设备的方法步骤。The processor 101 described above controls the operation of the terminal device, and the processor 101 may be one or more CPUs. The method of any one of FIG. 5 to FIG. 8 provided by the embodiment of the present application, or the terminal device disclosed in the foregoing embodiments may be applied to the processor 101 or implemented by the processor 101. Processor 101 may be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capabilities. In the implementation process, each step of the above method may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor 101 or an instruction in a form of software. The processor 101 described above may be a general purpose processor, DSP, ASIC, FPGA or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic device, discrete hardware component. The methods, steps, and logical block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present application can be implemented or executed. The general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor or any conventional processor or the like. The steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be directly implemented by the hardware decoding processor, or may be performed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor. The software module can be located in a conventional storage medium such as random access memory, flash memory, read only memory, programmable read only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers, and the like. The storage medium is located in the memory 102, and the processor 101 reads the information in the memory 102, and performs any one of FIG. 5 to FIG. 8 in conjunction with its hardware, or the method steps of the terminal device described in the above embodiments.
上述终端设备的用户接口103主要用于为用户提供输入的接口,获取用户输入的数据。用户接口103可包括多媒体输入和/或输出设备1031、摄像头1032以及显示器1033等等,在此不做限制。用户接口103可以是与终端设备的用户进行交互的信息输入和/或输出模块,例如手机等终端设备的麦克风和/或喇叭,前置和/或后置摄像头以及触控屏等,在此不做限制。可选的,用户接口103还可以包括标准的有线接口、无线接口等,在此不做限制。The user interface 103 of the terminal device is mainly used for providing an input interface for the user, and acquiring data input by the user. The user interface 103 may include a multimedia input and/or output device 1031, a camera 1032, a display 1033, and the like, which are not limited herein. The user interface 103 may be an information input and/or output module that interacts with a user of the terminal device, such as a microphone and/or a speaker of a terminal device such as a mobile phone, a front and/or rear camera, and a touch screen, etc. Make restrictions. Optionally, the user interface 103 may also include a standard wired interface, a wireless interface, and the like, which are not limited herein.
终端设备的处理器101可通过一个或者多个通信接口104和耦合器105与天线106等输入设备进行耦合,结合其他功能模块执行图5至图8中的任一个,或者上述各个实施例所描述的终端设备所执行的实现方式,具体可参见上述各个实施例提供的实现方式,在此不做限制。这里“耦合”是指两个部件彼此直接或间接地结合。这种结合可以是固定的或可移动性的,这种结合可以允许流动液、电、电信号或其它类型信号在两个部件之间通信。The processor 101 of the terminal device can be coupled to an input device such as the antenna 106 through one or more communication interfaces 104 and couplers 105, and perform any one of FIG. 5 to FIG. 8 in combination with other functional modules, or as described in the above embodiments. For the implementation of the terminal device, refer to the implementation manners provided in the foregoing embodiments, which are not limited herein. "Coupled" herein means that two components are bonded directly or indirectly to each other. This combination may be fixed or movable, which may allow for the transfer of fluid, electrical, electrical or other types of signals between the two components.
请参见图11,图11是本申请实施例提供的网络设备的结构示意图。如图11所示,本申请实施例提供的网络设备包括处理器1101、存储器1102、发射器1103、接收器1104、网络接口1107等。其中,上述处理器1101、发射器1103和接收器1104等功能模块可通过耦合器1105与天线1106等输入设备进行耦合。处理器1101可结合耦合的各个功能模块执行图5至图8中的任一个,或者上述各个实施例所描述的网络设备所执行的实现方式,具体可参见上述各个实施例提供的实现方式,在此不做限制。这里“耦合”是指两个部件彼此直接或间接地结合。这种结合可以是固定的或可移动性的,这种结合可以允许流动液、电、电信号或其它类型信号在两个部件之间通信。Referring to FIG. 11, FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 11, the network device provided by the embodiment of the present application includes a processor 1101, a memory 1102, a transmitter 1103, a receiver 1104, a network interface 1107, and the like. The functional modules such as the processor 1101, the transmitter 1103, and the receiver 1104 can be coupled to an input device such as the antenna 1106 through the coupler 1105. The processor 1101 can perform any of the implementations of the network device described in the foregoing embodiments, or the implementation manners provided by the network devices described in the foregoing embodiments. This is not a limitation. "Coupled" herein means that two components are bonded directly or indirectly to each other. This combination may be fixed or movable, which may allow for the transfer of fluid, electrical, electrical or other types of signals between the two components.
其中,上述存储器1102可对应图9所示的通信装置90的存储器902。上述存储器1102用于存放程序。具体地,程序可以包括程序代码,程序代码包括计算机操作指令。存储器1102包括但不限于RAM、ROM、EPROM、或CD-ROM等,在此不做限制。此外,上述存储器1102也可以是处理器1101中的存储器,在此不做限制。The memory 1102 can correspond to the memory 902 of the communication device 90 shown in FIG. The above memory 1102 is used to store programs. In particular, the program can include program code, the program code including computer operating instructions. The memory 1102 includes, but is not limited to, a RAM, a ROM, an EPROM, or a CD-ROM, etc., and is not limited herein. In addition, the foregoing memory 1102 may also be a memory in the processor 1101, which is not limited herein.
存储器1102存储了如下的元素,可执行模块或者数据结构,或者它们的子集,或者它 们的扩展集: Memory 1102 stores the following elements, executable modules or data structures, or a subset thereof, or their extended set:
操作指令:包括各种操作指令,用于实现各种操作。Operation instructions: include various operation instructions for implementing various operations.
操作系统:包括各种系统程序,用于实现各种基础业务以及处理基于硬件的任务。Operating system: Includes a variety of system programs for implementing various basic services and handling hardware-based tasks.
上述处理器1101控制网络设备的操作,处理器1101可以是一个或多个CPU。上述本申请实施例提供的图5至图8中的任一个,或者上述各个实施例揭示的网络设备的方法可以应用于处理器1101中,或者由处理器1101实现。处理器1101可能是一种集成电路芯片,具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中,上述方法的各步骤可以通过处理器1101中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。上述的处理器1101可以是通用处理器、DSP、ASIC、FPGA或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件。可以实现或者执行本申请实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件译码处理器执行完成,或者用译码处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器,闪存、只读存储器,可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器1102,处理器1101读取存储器1102中的信息,结合其硬件执行图5至图8中的任一个,或者上述各个实施例所描述的网络设备的方法步骤。网络接口1107可选的可以包括标准的有线接口、无线接口(如WI-FI接口)等,在此不做限制。The processor 1101 described above controls the operation of the network device, and the processor 1101 may be one or more CPUs. The method of any one of FIG. 5 to FIG. 8 provided by the embodiment of the present application, or the network device disclosed in the foregoing embodiments may be applied to the processor 1101 or implemented by the processor 1101. The processor 1101 may be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capabilities. In the implementation process, each step of the foregoing method may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor 1101 or an instruction in a form of software. The processor 1101 described above may be a general purpose processor, DSP, ASIC, FPGA or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic device, discrete hardware component. The methods, steps, and logical block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present application can be implemented or executed. The general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor or any conventional processor or the like. The steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be directly implemented by the hardware decoding processor, or may be performed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor. The software module can be located in a conventional storage medium such as random access memory, flash memory, read only memory, programmable read only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers, and the like. The storage medium is located in the memory 1102, and the processor 1101 reads the information in the memory 1102, and performs any one of FIG. 5 to FIG. 8 in conjunction with its hardware, or the method steps of the network device described in the above embodiments. The network interface 1107 may optionally include a standard wired interface, a wireless interface (such as a WI-FI interface), and the like, and is not limited herein.
请参见图12,图12是本申请实施例提供的终端设备的另一结构示意图。如图12所示,本申请实施例提供的终端设备包括:接收单元121、处理单元122和发送单元123。Referring to FIG. 12, FIG. 12 is another schematic structural diagram of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 12, the terminal device provided by the embodiment of the present application includes: a receiving unit 121, a processing unit 122, and a sending unit 123.
接收单元121,用于从网络设备接收下行控制信息,上述下行控制信息中包括调制编码方案域,上述调制编码方案域的第一部分比特用于指示重新发送随机接入的调度传输消息的第一传输块大小TBS,上述第一TBS为候选TBS集合中的一个TBS。The receiving unit 121 is configured to receive downlink control information from the network device, where the downlink control information includes a modulation and coding scheme field, where the first part of the modulation and coding scheme field is used to indicate that the first transmission of the scheduled transmission message of the random access is retransmitted The block size TBS, the first TBS is a TBS in the candidate TBS set.
处理单元122,用于根据上述第一TBS确定目标TBS。The processing unit 122 is configured to determine a target TBS according to the foregoing first TBS.
发送单元123,用于按照上述处理单元122确定的上述目标TBS向上述网络设备重新发送上述随机接入的调度传输消息。The sending unit 123 is configured to resend the random access scheduled transmission message to the network device according to the target TBS determined by the processing unit 122.
在一些可行的实施方式中,上述处理单元122用于将上述第一TBS确定为目标TBS。In some possible implementations, the processing unit 122 is configured to determine the first TBS as the target TBS.
在一些可行的实施方式中,上述调制编码方案域的上述第一部分比特还用于指示允许使用小于或者等于上述第一TBS的候选TBS进行上述随机接入的调度传输消息的重新发送;In some feasible implementation manners, the foregoing first part of the foregoing modulation and coding scheme field is further used to indicate that retransmission of the scheduled transmission message for performing the random access by using the candidate TBS that is less than or equal to the first TBS is allowed to be performed;
上述处理单元122用于:The processing unit 122 is configured to:
从上述候选TBS集合中选择小于或者等于上述第一TBS的一个候选TBS,将选择的候选TBS确定为目标TBS。Selecting one candidate TBS that is less than or equal to the first TBS from the candidate TBS set, and determining the selected candidate TBS as the target TBS.
在一些可行的实施方式中,上述调制编码方案域的上述第一部分比特还用于指示不允许使用小于或者等于上述第一TBS的候选TBS进行上述随机接入的调度传输消息的重新发送;In some feasible implementation manners, the foregoing first part of the foregoing modulation and coding scheme field is further used to indicate that retransmission of the scheduled transmission message of the random access by using the candidate TBS that is less than or equal to the first TBS is not allowed to be used;
上述处理单元122用于:将上述第一TBS确定为目标TBS。The processing unit 122 is configured to determine the first TBS as the target TBS.
在一些可行的实施方式中,上述调制编码方案域还包括第二部分比特;In some feasible implementations, the foregoing modulation and coding scheme domain further includes a second partial bit;
上述第二部分比特用于指示允许使用小于或者等于上述第一TBS的候选TBS进行上述随机接入的调度传输消息的重新发送;The second part of the bit is used to indicate that retransmission of the scheduled transmission message for performing the random access by using the candidate TBS that is less than or equal to the first TBS is allowed to be used;
上述处理单元122用于:The processing unit 122 is configured to:
从上述候选TBS集合中选择小于或者等于上述第一TBS的一个候选TBS,将选择的候选TBS确定为目标TBS。Selecting one candidate TBS that is less than or equal to the first TBS from the candidate TBS set, and determining the selected candidate TBS as the target TBS.
在一些可行的实施方式中,上述调制编码方案域还包括第二部分比特;In some feasible implementations, the foregoing modulation and coding scheme domain further includes a second partial bit;
上述第二部分比特用于指示不允许使用小于或者等于上述第一TBS的候选TBS进行上述随机接入的调度传输消息的重新发送;The second part of the bit is used to indicate that retransmission of the scheduled transmission message of the random access by using the candidate TBS that is less than or equal to the first TBS is not allowed to be used;
上述处理单元122用于:将上述第一TBS确定为目标TBS。The processing unit 122 is configured to determine the first TBS as the target TBS.
在一些可行的实施方式中,上述处理单元122用于:In some possible implementations, the processing unit 122 is configured to:
当上述第一TBS大于或者等于实际需要采用的TBS时,将上述实际需要采用的TBS确定为目标TBS。When the first TBS is greater than or equal to the TBS actually needed to be used, the TBS actually needed to be used is determined as the target TBS.
在一些可行的实施方式中,上述处理单元122用于:In some possible implementations, the processing unit 122 is configured to:
当上述允第一TBS小于实际需要采用的TBS时,将通信协议规定大小的TBS确定为目标TBS。When the first TBS is smaller than the TBS actually required to be used, the TBS of the communication protocol specified size is determined as the target TBS.
在一些可行的实施方式中,上述处理单元122用于:In some possible implementations, the processing unit 122 is configured to:
当上述第一TBS小于实际需要采用的TBS时,将上述第一TBS确定为目标TBS。When the first TBS is smaller than the TBS actually needed to be used, the first TBS is determined as the target TBS.
具体实现中,终端设备可通过其内置的各个单元执行如上述图5至图8所示的任一实施例中终端设备所执行的实现方式,具体可参见上述各个实施例的各个步骤中提供的实现方式。因此也能实现上述各个实施例的各个步骤中提供的实现方式所具备的有益效果(或者优点),在此不再赘述。In a specific implementation, the terminal device can perform the implementation manners performed by the terminal device in any of the embodiments shown in FIG. 5 to FIG. 8 by using the built-in units. For details, refer to the steps provided in the foregoing steps of the foregoing embodiments. Method to realize. Therefore, the beneficial effects (or advantages) of the implementations provided in the respective steps of the above various embodiments can be achieved, and details are not described herein.
请参见图13,图13是本申请实施例提供的网络设备的另一结构示意图。如图13所示,本申请实施例提供的终端设备包括:发送单元131和接收处理单元132。Referring to FIG. 13, FIG. 13 is another schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 13, the terminal device provided by the embodiment of the present application includes: a sending unit 131 and a receiving processing unit 132.
发送单元131,用于向终端设备发送下行控制信息,上述下行控制信息中包括调制编码方案域,上述调制编码方案域的第一部分比特用于指示重新发送随机接入的调度传输消息的第一TBS,上述第一TBS为候选TBS集合中的一个TBS。The sending unit 131 is configured to send, to the terminal device, the downlink control information, where the downlink control information includes a modulation and coding scheme field, where the first part of the modulation and coding scheme field is used to indicate that the first TBS of the scheduled transmission message of the random access is retransmitted. The first TBS is one TBS in the candidate TBS set.
接收处理单元132,用于根据上述第一TBS接收上述终端设备重新发送的上述随机接入的调度传输消息。The receiving processing unit 132 is configured to receive, according to the foregoing first TBS, the scheduled transmission message of the random access that is resent by the terminal device.
在一些可行的实施方式中,上述接收处理单元132用于:按照上述第一TBS对上述随机接入的调度传输消息进行接收处理。In some possible implementation manners, the receiving processing unit 132 is configured to: perform receiving processing on the scheduled transmission message of the random access according to the foregoing first TBS.
在一些可行的实施方式中,上述调制编码方案域的上述第一部分比特还用于指示允许使用小于或者等于上述第一TBS的候选TBS进行上述随机接入的调度传输消息的重新发送;In some feasible implementation manners, the foregoing first part of the foregoing modulation and coding scheme field is further used to indicate that retransmission of the scheduled transmission message for performing the random access by using the candidate TBS that is less than or equal to the first TBS is allowed to be performed;
上述接收处理单元132用于:The above receiving processing unit 132 is configured to:
将上述候选TBS集合中小于或者等于上述第一TBS的一个或者多个候选TBS确定为调度传输消息的盲检测TBS集合,并按照上述一个或者多个候选TBS对上述随机接入的调度传输消息进行接收处理。Determining, by the one or more candidate TBSs in the candidate TBS set that are less than or equal to the first TBS, as a blind detection TBS set of the scheduled transmission message, and performing the scheduled transmission message of the random access according to the one or more candidate TBSs. Receive processing.
在一些可行的实施方式中,上述调制编码方案域的上述第一部分比特还用于指示不允许使用小于或者等于上述第一TBS的候选TBS进行上述随机接入的调度传输消息的重新发送;In some feasible implementation manners, the foregoing first part of the foregoing modulation and coding scheme field is further used to indicate that retransmission of the scheduled transmission message of the random access by using the candidate TBS that is less than or equal to the first TBS is not allowed to be used;
上述接收处理单元132用于:按照上述第一TBS对上述随机接入的调度传输消息进行 接收处理。The receiving processing unit 132 is configured to: perform receiving processing on the scheduled transmission message of the random access according to the first TBS.
在一些可行的实施方式中,上述调制编码方案域还包括第二部分比特;In some feasible implementations, the foregoing modulation and coding scheme domain further includes a second partial bit;
上述第二部分比特用于指示允许使用小于或者等于上述第一TBS的候选TBS进行上述随机接入的调度传输消息的重新发送;The second part of the bit is used to indicate that retransmission of the scheduled transmission message for performing the random access by using the candidate TBS that is less than or equal to the first TBS is allowed to be used;
上述接收处理单元132用于:The above receiving processing unit 132 is configured to:
将上述候选TBS集合中小于或者等于上述第一TBS的一个或者多个候选TBS确定为调度传输消息的盲检测TBS集合,并按照上述一个或者多个候选TBS对上述随机接入的调度传输消息进行接收处理。Determining, by the one or more candidate TBSs in the candidate TBS set that are less than or equal to the first TBS, as a blind detection TBS set of the scheduled transmission message, and performing the scheduled transmission message of the random access according to the one or more candidate TBSs. Receive processing.
在一些可行的实施方式中,上述调制编码方案域还包括第二部分比特;In some feasible implementations, the foregoing modulation and coding scheme domain further includes a second partial bit;
上述第二部分比特用于指示不允许使用小于或者等于上述第一TBS的候选TBS进行调度传输消息的重新发送;The second part of the bit is used to indicate that the retransmission of the scheduled transmission message is not allowed to be performed by using the candidate TBS that is less than or equal to the first TBS;
上述接收处理单元132用于:按照上述第一TBS对上述随机接入的调度传输消息进行接收处理。The receiving processing unit 132 is configured to: perform receiving processing on the scheduled transmission message of the random access according to the first TBS.
具体实现中,上述网络设备可通过其内置的各个单元执行如上述图5至图8所示的任一实施例中网络设备所执行的实现方式,具体可参见上述各个实施例的各个步骤中提供的实现方式。因此也能实现上述各个实施例的各个步骤中提供的实现方式所具备的有益效果(或者优点),在此不再赘述。In a specific implementation, the network device may perform the implementation performed by the network device in any of the embodiments shown in FIG. 5 to FIG. 8 by using the built-in units. For details, refer to the steps in the foregoing various embodiments. The way to achieve it. Therefore, the beneficial effects (or advantages) of the implementations provided in the respective steps of the above various embodiments can be achieved, and details are not described herein.
本申请实施例提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当该指令在终端设备上运行时,使得终端设备执行上述图5至图8中的任一个,或者上述各个实施例所描述的终端设备所执行的实现方式,具体可参见上述各个实施例提供的实现方式,在此不再赘述。The embodiment of the present application provides a computer readable storage medium, where the instructions are stored in the computer readable storage medium, and when the instruction is run on the terminal device, causing the terminal device to perform any one of the foregoing FIG. 5 to FIG. For the implementation manners of the terminal device described in the foregoing embodiments, refer to the implementation manners provided in the foregoing embodiments, and details are not described herein again.
本申请实施例提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当该指令在网络设备上运行时,使得网络设备执行上述图5至图8中的任一个,或者上述各个实施例所描述的网络设备所执行的实现方式,具体可参见上述各个实施例提供的实现方式,在此不再赘述。An embodiment of the present application provides a computer readable storage medium, where the instructions are stored in a computer readable storage medium, and when the instruction is run on a network device, causing the network device to perform any one of the foregoing FIG. 5 to FIG. For the implementation manners of the network devices described in the foregoing embodiments, refer to the implementation manners provided in the foregoing embodiments, and details are not described herein again.
本申请实施例还提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当该计算机程序产品在终端设备上运行时,使得终端设备执行上述图5至图8中的任一个,或者上述各个实施例所描述的终端设备所执行的实现方式。The embodiment of the present application further provides a computer program product comprising instructions, when the computer program product is run on the terminal device, causing the terminal device to perform any one of the foregoing FIG. 5 to FIG. 8 or described in the above embodiments. The implementation of the terminal device.
本申请实施例还提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当该计算机程序产品在网络设备上运行时,使得网络设备执行上述图5至图8中的任一个,或者上述各个实施例所描述的网络设备所执行的实现方式。The embodiment of the present application further provides a computer program product comprising instructions, when the computer program product is run on a network device, causing the network device to perform any one of the foregoing FIG. 5 to FIG. 8 or described in the foregoing embodiments. The implementation of the network device.
以上所述,仅为本发明的具体实施方式,但本发明的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本发明揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本发明的保护范围之内。因此,本发明的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The above is only a specific embodiment of the present invention, but the scope of the present invention is not limited thereto, and any person skilled in the art can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope of the present invention. It should be covered by the scope of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the invention should be determined by the scope of the appended claims.

Claims (30)

  1. 一种随机接入过程中消息传输的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for message transmission in a random access process, comprising:
    从网络设备接收下行控制信息,所述下行控制信息中包括调制编码方案域,所述调制编码方案域的第一部分比特用于指示重新发送随机接入的调度传输消息的第一传输块大小TBS,所述第一TBS为候选TBS集合中的一个TBS;And receiving, by the network device, the downlink control information, where the downlink control information includes a modulation and coding scheme field, where a first part of the modulation coding scheme field is used to indicate that the first transport block size TBS of the scheduled transmission message of the random access is retransmitted, The first TBS is one TBS in the candidate TBS set;
    根据所述第一TBS确定目标TBS;Determining a target TBS according to the first TBS;
    按照所述目标TBS向所述网络设备重新发送所述随机接入的调度传输消息。And transmitting, according to the target TBS, the scheduled transmission message of the random access to the network device.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述根据所述第一TBS确定目标TBS包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the determining the target TBS according to the first TBS comprises:
    将所述第一TBS确定为目标TBS。The first TBS is determined as a target TBS.
  3. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述调制编码方案域的所述第一部分比特还用于指示允许使用小于或者等于所述第一TBS的候选TBS进行所述随机接入的调度传输消息的重新发送;The method according to claim 1, wherein the first partial bit of the modulation and coding scheme field is further used to indicate that scheduling of the random access is allowed to be performed using a candidate TBS that is less than or equal to the first TBS. Resending the transmitted message;
    所述根据所述第一TBS确定目标TBS包括:Determining the target TBS according to the first TBS includes:
    从所述候选TBS集合中选择小于或者等于所述第一TBS的一个候选TBS,将选择的候选TBS确定为目标TBS。Selecting one candidate TBS that is less than or equal to the first TBS from the candidate TBS set, and determining the selected candidate TBS as the target TBS.
  4. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述调制编码方案域的所述第一部分比特还用于指示不允许使用小于或者等于所述第一TBS的候选TBS进行所述随机接入的调度传输消息的重新发送;The method according to claim 1, wherein the first partial bit of the modulation and coding scheme field is further used to indicate that the random access is not allowed to be performed using a candidate TBS that is less than or equal to the first TBS. Scheduling the retransmission of the transmitted message;
    所述根据所述第一TBS确定目标TBS包括:Determining the target TBS according to the first TBS includes:
    将所述第一TBS确定为目标TBS。The first TBS is determined as a target TBS.
  5. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述调制编码方案域还包括第二部分比特;The method of claim 1, wherein the modulation and coding scheme domain further comprises a second partial bit;
    所述第二部分比特用于指示允许使用小于或者等于所述第一TBS的候选TBS进行所述随机接入的调度传输消息的重新发送;The second partial bit is used to indicate that retransmission of the scheduled transmission message of the random access is allowed to be performed using a candidate TBS that is less than or equal to the first TBS;
    所述根据所述第一TBS确定目标TBS包括:Determining the target TBS according to the first TBS includes:
    从所述候选TBS集合中选择小于或者等于所述第一TBS的一个候选TBS,将选择的候选TBS确定为目标TBS。Selecting one candidate TBS that is less than or equal to the first TBS from the candidate TBS set, and determining the selected candidate TBS as the target TBS.
  6. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述调制编码方案域还包括第二部分比特;The method of claim 1, wherein the modulation and coding scheme domain further comprises a second partial bit;
    所述第二部分比特用于指示不允许使用小于或者等于所述第一TBS的候选TBS进行所述随机接入的调度传输消息的重新发送;The second partial bit is used to indicate that retransmission of the scheduled transmission message of the random access by using the candidate TBS that is less than or equal to the first TBS is not allowed to be used;
    所述根据所述第一TBS确定目标TBS包括:Determining the target TBS according to the first TBS includes:
    将所述第一TBS确定为目标TBS。The first TBS is determined as a target TBS.
  7. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述根据所述第一TBS确定目标TBS包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the determining the target TBS according to the first TBS comprises:
    当所述第一TBS大于或者等于实际需要采用的TBS时,将所述实际需要采用的TBS确定为目标TBS。When the first TBS is greater than or equal to the TBS actually needed to be used, the TBS actually needed to be used is determined as the target TBS.
  8. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述根据所述第一TBS确定目标TBS包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the determining the target TBS according to the first TBS comprises:
    当所述允第一TBS小于实际需要采用的TBS时,将通信协议规定大小的TBS确定为目标TBS。When the first TBS is smaller than the TBS actually required to be used, the TBS specified by the communication protocol is determined as the target TBS.
  9. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述根据所述第一TBS确定目标TBS包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the determining the target TBS according to the first TBS comprises:
    当所述第一TBS小于实际需要采用的TBS时,将所述第一TBS确定为目标TBS。When the first TBS is smaller than the TBS actually needed to be used, the first TBS is determined as the target TBS.
  10. 一种随机接入过程中消息传输的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for message transmission in a random access process, comprising:
    向终端设备发送下行控制信息,所述下行控制信息中包括调制编码方案域,所述调制编码方案域的第一部分比特用于指示重新发送随机接入的调度传输消息的第一传输块大小TBS,所述第一TBS为候选TBS集合中的一个TBS;Transmitting, to the terminal device, the downlink control information, where the downlink control information includes a modulation and coding scheme field, where the first part of the modulation coding scheme field is used to indicate that the first transport block size TBS of the scheduled transmission message of the random access is retransmitted, The first TBS is one TBS in the candidate TBS set;
    根据所述第一TBS接收所述终端设备重新发送的所述随机接入的调度传输消息。Receiving, according to the first TBS, the scheduled transmission message of the random access retransmitted by the terminal device.
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述根据所述第一TBS接收所述终端设备重新发送的所述随机接入的调度传输消息包括:The method according to claim 10, wherein the receiving, according to the first TBS, the scheduled transmission message of the random access retransmitted by the terminal device comprises:
    按照所述第一TBS对所述随机接入的调度传输消息进行接收处理。Receiving, by the first TBS, the scheduled transmission message of the random access.
  12. 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述调制编码方案域的所述第一部分比特还用于指示允许使用小于或者等于所述第一TBS的候选TBS进行所述随机接入的调度传输消息的重新发送;The method according to claim 10, wherein the first partial bit of the modulation and coding scheme field is further used to indicate that scheduling of the random access is allowed to be performed using a candidate TBS that is less than or equal to the first TBS. Resending the transmitted message;
    所述根据所述第一TBS接收所述终端设备重新发送的所述随机接入的调度传输消息包括:The receiving, according to the first TBS, the scheduled transmission message that is retransmitted by the terminal device, includes:
    将所述候选TBS集合中小于或者等于所述第一TBS的一个或者多个候选TBS确定为调度传输消息的盲检测TBS集合,并按照所述一个或者多个候选TBS对所述随机接入的调度传输消息进行接收处理。Determining, in the candidate TBS set, one or more candidate TBSs that are less than or equal to the first TBS as a blind detection TBS set of scheduling transmission messages, and performing the random access according to the one or more candidate TBSs The transmission message is scheduled for reception processing.
  13. 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述调制编码方案域的所述第一部分比特还用于指示不允许使用小于或者等于所述第一TBS的候选TBS进行所述随机接入的调 度传输消息的重新发送;The method according to claim 10, wherein the first partial bit of the modulation and coding scheme field is further used to indicate that the random access is not allowed to be performed using a candidate TBS that is less than or equal to the first TBS. Scheduling the retransmission of the transmitted message;
    所述根据所述第一TBS接收所述终端设备重新发送的所述随机接入的调度传输消息包括:The receiving, according to the first TBS, the scheduled transmission message that is retransmitted by the terminal device, includes:
    按照所述第一TBS对所述随机接入的调度传输消息进行接收处理。Receiving, by the first TBS, the scheduled transmission message of the random access.
  14. 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述调制编码方案域还包括第二部分比特;The method of claim 10, wherein the modulation and coding scheme domain further comprises a second partial bit;
    所述第二部分比特用于指示允许使用小于或者等于所述第一TBS的候选TBS进行所述随机接入的调度传输消息的重新发送;The second partial bit is used to indicate that retransmission of the scheduled transmission message of the random access is allowed to be performed using a candidate TBS that is less than or equal to the first TBS;
    所述根据所述第一TBS接收所述终端设备重新发送的所述随机接入的调度传输消息包括:The receiving, according to the first TBS, the scheduled transmission message that is retransmitted by the terminal device, includes:
    将所述候选TBS集合中小于或者等于所述第一TBS的一个或者多个候选TBS确定为调度传输消息的盲检测TBS集合,并按照所述一个或者多个候选TBS对所述随机接入的调度传输消息进行接收处理。Determining, in the candidate TBS set, one or more candidate TBSs that are less than or equal to the first TBS as a blind detection TBS set of scheduling transmission messages, and performing the random access according to the one or more candidate TBSs The transmission message is scheduled for reception processing.
  15. 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述调制编码方案域还包括第二部分比特;The method of claim 10, wherein the modulation and coding scheme domain further comprises a second partial bit;
    所述第二部分比特用于指示不允许使用小于或者等于所述第一TBS的候选TBS进行调度传输消息的重新发送;The second partial bit is used to indicate that retransmission of a scheduled transmission message by using a candidate TBS that is less than or equal to the first TBS is not allowed;
    所述根据所述第一TBS接收所述终端设备重新发送的所述随机接入的调度传输消息包括:The receiving, according to the first TBS, the scheduled transmission message that is retransmitted by the terminal device, includes:
    按照所述第一TBS对所述随机接入的调度传输消息进行接收处理。Receiving, by the first TBS, the scheduled transmission message of the random access.
  16. 一种终端设备,其特征在于,包括:A terminal device, comprising:
    接收单元,用于从网络设备接收下行控制信息,所述下行控制信息中包括调制编码方案域,所述调制编码方案域的第一部分比特用于指示重新发送随机接入的调度传输消息的第一传输块大小TBS,所述第一TBS为候选TBS集合中的一个TBS;a receiving unit, configured to receive downlink control information from a network device, where the downlink control information includes a modulation and coding scheme field, where a first part of the modulation coding scheme field is used to indicate that the first of the scheduled transmission messages of the random access is retransmitted a transport block size TBS, the first TBS being one of the candidate TBS sets;
    处理单元,用于根据所述第一TBS确定目标TBS;a processing unit, configured to determine a target TBS according to the first TBS;
    发送单元,用于按照所述处理单元确定的所述目标TBS向所述网络设备重新发送所述随机接入的调度传输消息。And a sending unit, configured to resend the scheduled transmission message of the random access to the network device according to the target TBS determined by the processing unit.
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述处理单元用于:The terminal device according to claim 16, wherein the processing unit is configured to:
    将所述第一TBS确定为目标TBS。The first TBS is determined as a target TBS.
  18. 根据权利要求16所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述调制编码方案域的所述第一部分比特还用于指示允许使用小于或者等于所述第一TBS的候选TBS进行所述随机接入的调度传输消息的重新发送;The terminal device according to claim 16, wherein the first partial bit of the modulation and coding scheme field is further used to indicate that the random access is allowed to be performed using a candidate TBS that is less than or equal to the first TBS. Scheduling the retransmission of the transmitted message;
    所述处理单元用于:The processing unit is used to:
    从所述候选TBS集合中选择小于或者等于所述第一TBS的一个候选TBS,将选择的候选TBS确定为目标TBS。Selecting one candidate TBS that is less than or equal to the first TBS from the candidate TBS set, and determining the selected candidate TBS as the target TBS.
  19. 根据权利要求16所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述调制编码方案域的所述第一部分比特还用于指示不允许使用小于或者等于所述第一TBS的候选TBS进行所述随机接入的调度传输消息的重新发送;The terminal device according to claim 16, wherein the first partial bit of the modulation and coding scheme field is further used to indicate that the random access is not allowed to be performed by using a candidate TBS that is less than or equal to the first TBS. Resending the scheduled transmission of the message;
    所述处理单元用于:The processing unit is used to:
    将所述第一TBS确定为目标TBS。The first TBS is determined as a target TBS.
  20. 根据权利要求16所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述调制编码方案域还包括第二部分比特;The terminal device according to claim 16, wherein the modulation and coding scheme field further comprises a second partial bit;
    所述第二部分比特用于指示允许使用小于或者等于所述第一TBS的候选TBS进行所述随机接入的调度传输消息的重新发送;The second partial bit is used to indicate that retransmission of the scheduled transmission message of the random access is allowed to be performed using a candidate TBS that is less than or equal to the first TBS;
    所述处理单元用于:The processing unit is used to:
    从所述候选TBS集合中选择小于或者等于所述第一TBS的一个候选TBS,将选择的候选TBS确定为目标TBS。Selecting one candidate TBS that is less than or equal to the first TBS from the candidate TBS set, and determining the selected candidate TBS as the target TBS.
  21. 根据权利要求16所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述调制编码方案域还包括第二部分比特;The terminal device according to claim 16, wherein the modulation and coding scheme field further comprises a second partial bit;
    所述第二部分比特用于指示不允许使用小于或者等于所述第一TBS的候选TBS进行所述随机接入的调度传输消息的重新发送;The second partial bit is used to indicate that retransmission of the scheduled transmission message of the random access by using the candidate TBS that is less than or equal to the first TBS is not allowed to be used;
    所述处理单元用于:The processing unit is used to:
    将所述第一TBS确定为目标TBS。The first TBS is determined as a target TBS.
  22. 根据权利要求16所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述处理单元用于:The terminal device according to claim 16, wherein the processing unit is configured to:
    当所述第一TBS大于或者等于实际需要采用的TBS时,将所述实际需要采用的TBS确定为目标TBS。When the first TBS is greater than or equal to the TBS actually needed to be used, the TBS actually needed to be used is determined as the target TBS.
  23. 根据权利要求16所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述处理单元用于:The terminal device according to claim 16, wherein the processing unit is configured to:
    当所述允第一TBS小于实际需要采用的TBS时,将通信协议规定大小的TBS确定为目标TBS。When the first TBS is smaller than the TBS actually required to be used, the TBS specified by the communication protocol is determined as the target TBS.
  24. 根据权利要求16所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述处理单元用于:The terminal device according to claim 16, wherein the processing unit is configured to:
    当所述第一TBS小于实际需要采用的TBS时,将所述第一TBS确定为目标TBS。When the first TBS is smaller than the TBS actually needed to be used, the first TBS is determined as the target TBS.
  25. 一种网络设备,其特征在于,包括:A network device, comprising:
    发送单元,用于向终端设备发送下行控制信息,所述下行控制信息中包括调制编码方案域,所述调制编码方案域的第一部分比特用于指示重新发送随机接入的调度传输消息的 第一传输块大小TBS,所述第一TBS为候选TBS集合中的一个TBS;a sending unit, configured to send downlink control information to the terminal device, where the downlink control information includes a modulation and coding scheme field, where a first part of the modulation coding scheme field is used to indicate that the first transmission of the random access scheduling transmission message is a transport block size TBS, the first TBS being one of the candidate TBS sets;
    接收处理单元,用于根据所述第一TBS接收所述终端设备重新发送的所述随机接入的调度传输消息。a receiving processing unit, configured to receive, according to the first TBS, the scheduled transmission message of the random access retransmitted by the terminal device.
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述接收处理单元用于:The network device according to claim 25, wherein the receiving processing unit is configured to:
    按照所述第一TBS对所述随机接入的调度传输消息进行接收处理。Receiving, by the first TBS, the scheduled transmission message of the random access.
  27. 根据权利要求25所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述调制编码方案域的所述第一部分比特还用于指示允许使用小于或者等于所述第一TBS的候选TBS进行所述随机接入的调度传输消息的重新发送;The network device according to claim 25, wherein the first partial bit of the modulation and coding scheme field is further used to indicate that the random access is allowed to be performed using a candidate TBS that is less than or equal to the first TBS. Scheduling the retransmission of the transmitted message;
    所述接收处理单元用于:The receiving processing unit is configured to:
    将所述候选TBS集合中小于或者等于所述第一TBS的一个或者多个候选TBS确定为调度传输消息的盲检测TBS集合,并按照所述一个或者多个候选TBS对所述随机接入的调度传输消息进行接收处理。Determining, in the candidate TBS set, one or more candidate TBSs that are less than or equal to the first TBS as a blind detection TBS set of scheduling transmission messages, and performing the random access according to the one or more candidate TBSs The transmission message is scheduled for reception processing.
  28. 根据权利要求25所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述调制编码方案域的所述第一部分比特还用于指示不允许使用小于或者等于所述第一TBS的候选TBS进行所述随机接入的调度传输消息的重新发送;The network device according to claim 25, wherein the first partial bit of the modulation and coding scheme field is further used to indicate that the random access is not allowed to be performed by using a candidate TBS that is less than or equal to the first TBS. Resending the scheduled transmission of the message;
    所述接收处理单元用于:The receiving processing unit is configured to:
    按照所述第一TBS对所述随机接入的调度传输消息进行接收处理。Receiving, by the first TBS, the scheduled transmission message of the random access.
  29. 根据权利要求25所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述调制编码方案域还包括第二部分比特;The network device according to claim 25, wherein said modulation and coding scheme field further comprises a second partial bit;
    所述第二部分比特用于指示允许使用小于或者等于所述第一TBS的候选TBS进行所述随机接入的调度传输消息的重新发送;The second partial bit is used to indicate that retransmission of the scheduled transmission message of the random access is allowed to be performed using a candidate TBS that is less than or equal to the first TBS;
    所述接收处理单元用于:The receiving processing unit is configured to:
    将所述候选TBS集合中小于或者等于所述第一TBS的一个或者多个候选TBS确定为调度传输消息的盲检测TBS集合,并按照所述一个或者多个候选TBS对所述随机接入的调度传输消息进行接收处理。Determining, in the candidate TBS set, one or more candidate TBSs that are less than or equal to the first TBS as a blind detection TBS set of scheduling transmission messages, and performing the random access according to the one or more candidate TBSs The transmission message is scheduled for reception processing.
  30. 根据权利要求25所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述调制编码方案域还包括第二部分比特;The network device according to claim 25, wherein said modulation and coding scheme field further comprises a second partial bit;
    所述第二部分比特用于指示不允许使用小于或者等于所述第一TBS的候选TBS进行调度传输消息的重新发送;The second partial bit is used to indicate that retransmission of a scheduled transmission message by using a candidate TBS that is less than or equal to the first TBS is not allowed;
    所述接收处理单元用于:The receiving processing unit is configured to:
    按照所述第一TBS对所述随机接入的调度传输消息进行接收处理。Receiving, by the first TBS, the scheduled transmission message of the random access.
PCT/CN2018/086615 2018-05-11 2018-05-11 Method for message transmission in random access process and related device WO2019213974A1 (en)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2018/086615 WO2019213974A1 (en) 2018-05-11 2018-05-11 Method for message transmission in random access process and related device
PCT/CN2018/100110 WO2019214103A1 (en) 2018-05-11 2018-08-10 Method for transmitting message during random access, and related device
CN201880092371.3A CN112005605B (en) 2018-05-11 2018-08-10 Method and related device for transmitting message in random access process

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2018/086615 WO2019213974A1 (en) 2018-05-11 2018-05-11 Method for message transmission in random access process and related device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2019213974A1 true WO2019213974A1 (en) 2019-11-14

Family

ID=68466646

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2018/086615 WO2019213974A1 (en) 2018-05-11 2018-05-11 Method for message transmission in random access process and related device
PCT/CN2018/100110 WO2019214103A1 (en) 2018-05-11 2018-08-10 Method for transmitting message during random access, and related device

Family Applications After (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2018/100110 WO2019214103A1 (en) 2018-05-11 2018-08-10 Method for transmitting message during random access, and related device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN112005605B (en)
WO (2) WO2019213974A1 (en)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20120269140A1 (en) * 2011-04-25 2012-10-25 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Downlink control signaling for coordinated multipoint transmission
CN106961318A (en) * 2016-01-11 2017-07-18 中兴通讯股份有限公司 A kind of methods, devices and systems for determining Coded modulation parameters
CN107046453A (en) * 2016-02-05 2017-08-15 中兴通讯股份有限公司 The determination method of the configured transmission of Data Shared Channel, apparatus and system
CN107231658A (en) * 2016-03-23 2017-10-03 中兴通讯股份有限公司 A kind of method and device for transmitting information

Family Cites Families (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP2849483B1 (en) * 2012-06-06 2019-08-21 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Method, terminal and base station (bs) for retransmitting message
EP3026831B1 (en) * 2013-07-26 2019-11-13 LG Electronics Inc. Method for transmitting signal for mtc and apparatus for same
ES2657365T3 (en) * 2015-04-17 2018-03-05 Panasonic Intellectual Property Corporation Of America Signaling of the level of coverage improvement and efficient information packaging of the MTC system
US10123356B2 (en) * 2015-04-27 2018-11-06 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Robust selection of PRACH repetition level for MTC enhanced coverage
US10966162B2 (en) * 2015-05-10 2021-03-30 Lg Electronics Inc. Method and apparatus for adapting repetition level for uplink transmission in wireless communication system

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20120269140A1 (en) * 2011-04-25 2012-10-25 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Downlink control signaling for coordinated multipoint transmission
CN106961318A (en) * 2016-01-11 2017-07-18 中兴通讯股份有限公司 A kind of methods, devices and systems for determining Coded modulation parameters
CN107046453A (en) * 2016-02-05 2017-08-15 中兴通讯股份有限公司 The determination method of the configured transmission of Data Shared Channel, apparatus and system
CN107231658A (en) * 2016-03-23 2017-10-03 中兴通讯股份有限公司 A kind of method and device for transmitting information

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2019214103A1 (en) 2019-11-14
CN112005605B (en) 2022-06-14
CN112005605A (en) 2020-11-27

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN108029120B (en) Method for indicating resources allocated to HARQ messages in a random access procedure for a low complexity narrowband terminal
JP6772281B2 (en) Methods and equipment for establishing wireless resource control connections
US9420533B2 (en) Discontinuous reception
WO2017166141A1 (en) Data sending method and apparatus, and base station
EP3598818B1 (en) Data transmission methods, terminal device, and network device
EP3043611B1 (en) Method, device and system for transmitting information
WO2020114129A1 (en) Method and device for determining transmission resource
WO2019214424A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
JP2022530820A (en) Methods and devices for transmitting and receiving sidelink data
WO2021180098A1 (en) Wireless communication method and communication apparatus
WO2019051782A1 (en) Method and device for selecting resources
TW202017402A (en) Communication method and device for sidelink
US11672014B2 (en) Transmission of a short contention resolution identifier
JP2019502278A (en) Wireless communication method, network device, and terminal device
US11564246B2 (en) Information transmission method, communications device, and network device
CN111294165B (en) Resource allocation method and device, storage medium and terminal
WO2022222106A1 (en) Method for transmitting physical sidelink feedback channel (psfch) and terminal device
EP3846368B1 (en) Method for transmitting feedback information, and terminal device
WO2019213974A1 (en) Method for message transmission in random access process and related device
WO2021056366A1 (en) Information transmission method, and device
WO2024007981A1 (en) Information transmission method and communication apparatus
WO2023011218A1 (en) Resource sharing method and communications apparatus
WO2024067429A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
US20240121805A1 (en) Communication method and device
WO2023131156A1 (en) Random access method and communication apparatus

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 18918090

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 18918090

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1